seems. “s Sain wre a “ Ox . : avtatene ere perngee Snr -» - rs ert = ater Se ¥ pense rier Metra ee ro erenlepeee Sarees ee erate s . were fone re ‘ teen a voor mon a aa rreten ian PH 5 > ee 5 vere i ) J vee x oN oe aor eae weer Nees yi eae —_ rene ee ne Pinan oe adeded rales rat ~ earners A200 - coma meet ree Yen pnsnes qomecee are e sommnees a BULLETIN OF THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY. of Mag Volume X, 1898. NEW YORK: PUBLISHED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES. 1898. Fis * ' x is fom) ‘ = . 3 age gs - ; - x NS fi ‘Es x ez vs ‘ oe) ah Ss commree OF P PRG). : R. P. Warrrievp. io 5 Henry FAIRFIELD Osporn. Wn. : F. W. PutNAM, | EDITOR OF BULLETIN. J. A. ALLEN, — / Aloe vy. Jo | : — CONTENTS OF VOLUME X. ‘ pee ae . . PAGE SERINE Dashes ce wre cada g0G hs TREO Seine, 9 Cin 8's da DLA WARM Rie Make Cee oP cde s i. SoeiNTee- OL -EMDMCALOI, «Ca gies s Ph Sepa are tee o Rc aN Dean able ii. MPN eed SPE Fue la CMe gris alah SRS TO We Td ag eee nS. lA Meare en oie sk 6 ili MUSE MIE PHUSETAGOOGS oi cig Sirsa a clu lae acces eR wey Ri RTOS ORT RT Pade oe v. Dates of Publication of Authors’ Separates... 2... 2.2... see e scious eee vii. List of. New Genera, Species and Subspecies ..5..5. 06.0220. fee ke ees Viii. ArT. I.—The Huichol Indians of Mexico. By CARL LUMHOLTZz. (Plates Tang thane 7 text fieace yor ioe ele ioe wkd coe ae aie ee I II.—Notes on Birds observed at Jalapa and Las Vigas, Vera Cruz, Mexico. By FRANK M. CHAPMAN. (Plate III.) ..-... .. 15 III.—Notes upon Fishes received at the New York Aquarium, with Description of a New Species of Snapper from Bermuda. PVC PAREOLOM AE, SSBANG 2 ac ec sk os vc sole cee SOE Aes 45 IV.—A Complete Skeleton of Zeleoceras fossiger. Notes upon the Growth and Sexual Characters of this Species. By HENRY FAIRFIELD OsBoRN. (Plates IV and IVA.)............... 51 V.—Marked Human Bones from a Prehistoric Tarasco Indian Burial Place in the State of Michoacan, Mexico. By CARL LuMHOLTz and ALES HRDLICKA, (Plates V-IX, and 4 text TEINOS Po o's tues a his Doped Winn bi WS do's alk ds ES pave e's Coders 61 VI.—A Complete Skeleton of Coryphodon radians. Notes upon the Locomotion of this Animal. By Henry FAIRFIELD OsBorRN. (Plate X, and 2 text figures.).................. 81 VII.—The Extinct Camelidz of North America and Some Associated Forms. By J. L. Worrman, M.D. (Plate XI, and 23 PERE CUES. ys tee sea ee ae his clos Sa) 6 vie Siw e be Worermees 93 V1I1Ii.—Descriptions of New Mammals from Western Mexico and Lower Caltorois. By JA. ALLEN. 02... 2 cusses ae 8 143 IX.—Remounted Skeleton of Phenacodus primevus. Comparison with Euprotogonia. By HENRY FAIRFIELD OSBORN. (Plate Pell, ANG witext APUTCS; cn soe se oe Ne ae aia aaeae arate eee 159 iv. Contents. P. X.—Notes on Mexican Fishes obtained by Dr. Carl Lumholtz, By TARLETON H, BEANS 6. 06 eiscys Beideeee <3 sivas eee cee XI.—Evolution of the Amplypoda. Part I. Taligrada and Panto- donta. By HENRY FAIRFIELD OsBORN, (With 29 text XII.—Additional Characters of the Great Herbivorous Dinosaur Camarasaurus. By HENRY FAIRFIELD OSBORN, (With AGE 165 13 text figures;), .. s,.:.<:c-cjeat age as eo Ue ait een wie eae sto oy oe XIII.—Revision of the Species of Auchloé inhabiting America, north of Mexico. By WILLIAM BEUTENMULLER. (Plates XIII anid KEV icc vei s cal. cn eee Re RE Gisele ae 235 XIV.—Revision of the Chickarees, or North American Red Squirrels (Subgenus Zamiasciurus). By J. A. ALLEN.............. 249 XV.—Descriptions of Three New Forms of Pocket Mice from the Mexican Border of the United States. By EpcGar A, MEARNS, oe fo Gc sie cielssdCisly 0c elegant eee iain ee 299 XVI.—A Study of the Vertebrate Fauna of the Hudson Highlands, with Observations on the Mollusca, Crustacea, Lepidoptera, and the Flora of the Region. By Epcar A. MEARNS, Assistant Surgeon U.S. Army. ..05455.50%5 ob ene5 6 so 0 epee tetinereneeee Thomomys fulvus anite Allen.........+++. ‘ees ? ‘| martirensis Alfen........ ef atrovarius Allen... 00.050. ss ok ss cee Perognathus permis AUNQN2 004.40 os seeks anes es 20 eee eee Neotoma sinalow AWOR wos ete oe 6 8 oes ea vain ats dle eee eae 6 Br eMaCEd AMON ied eas on Sivivew nk 4 os 5 eke ee “ anthonyi Allen: 2250605. 2A kak re deidssonarins? eremicus propinguus Allen... ......00sscee eensseenes cedroséusis ANGD . 035 6 s.0k cin tes ces saas Cee si cineritias Allen. 06.305: a0 0s 6s yet sus bene ee a iM geronimensis AMOR. 006055 che ass ys see obs exiguns AMER, Co6 cine seeks tas cee 340 ss Ve “ : Gubises Allen. 625 pic ja sok Sagas es dues see's) aeee eee Synconodon sexicuspts. OSDOTD «oi oss os Se byes ony ce + ae ean Ectoconodon petersont OSDOIM 2... eeeecee cer ceaccccereereecces List of Genera, Species and Subspecies. 1X. PAGE Coryphodon ventanus Osborn......--..+-2 2s see eee so ear ies tat ri i eras 2, g: SPINAL COON arok Pei aaiiis Sei eso Ee pelos bos ah c's gs eas 212 = SEM EMMEIES SIRDOLEL Veter ca ime a6 5 Va aie ee Ie oe iciok Sha s/o Ge Bate ao 214 achion evens yar else BeUtenM UNEP: 350 oa ike sere sg 8 Sie eines dials 242 Seis MeIPe Te LR PCTRMOTUINOTENIO ES ca goa gto clap cle eG atte een vane! a aie, we Wie, o.0-9 0)B's 4: 243 Sciurus hudsonicus baileyi Allen.......- Deon, <2 CAE Re ee ee 261 cs 2 wentor emt -ANENS ode Sa eared a kc nw! eee Vale 263 - sa streatort Allen .........4: ROSE secre a toe ose Linens has 267 Rt COMB UESEE COSCHOEBSTS. “ANEW. <5 Wate d ale aN wigls Vian Fare be on 277 poe premise MmeomPxicanus ANON | ce Cae ete eid 23, ca oS e soos use ee 291 Pier OCALA Se DACIHCUS WCAENS 56: ois. 0 sic oe Sine a eaiainle s vin os. O 6.0 Uap y 415 a ree ee ae 453 BULLETIN OF THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY. Volume X, 1898. Article I—THE HUICHOL INDIANS OF MEXICO. By Cart LUMHOLTZz. PLATES I AND II. My third and latest expedition to Mexico, where I was sent by the American Museum of Natural History, New York, in the spring of 1894, mainly to investigate the native tribes there, proved rich in scientific results, and lasted until the spring of 1897. During this period I spent about ten months among the Cora and the little-known Huichol Indians, by far the greater part of the time being devoted to the latter tribe. Before my departure for the field, the Governor of the State of Jalisco, Mexico, had told me of this interesting tribe. When I expressed to him my desire . of finding primitive people in Mexico, he at once said, “ You will find in a corner of this very State absolute savages, who wear their hair long, and refuse to pay taxes to the government. Once ina while they come in here to Guadalajara to see me, and sleep in the courtyard of the Palacio, which they seem to consider as their house.” The very name of this tribe is scarcely known outside of the State in which they live, and even within this extensive territory they are known only in parts not very remote from their homes. So great an authority as Manuel Orozco y Berra, in his ‘ Carta Etnografica de México,’ has nothing more to say about this tribe [ February, 1898.] [x] 1 2 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, than the following: “Theirs is a language of which we know very little. We remember having read that in a vague way it is © made a dialect of the Mexican, and that it is thought that the Huichols are the remnants of the ancient Cuachichiles. We do not accept nor contradict this, because we have no dates. The Huichol language still remains to be classified by us. It is spoken in Santa Catarina, San Sebastian, San Andrés Coamiat, and Soledad y Tezompan, belonging to Colotlan.” This, in connection with the meagre information furnished by Don Francisco Pimentel, is virtually the only knowledge we have hitherto had concerning this tribe. I have heard that a small vocabulary has been published by one Mr. Landa in Pachuca ; and a few rather unimportant facts may be found on page 321 of the first volume of Captain G. F. Lyon’s ‘Journal of a Residence and Tour in the Republic of Mexico in the Year 1826.’ It was with considerable interest, therefore, that I looked for- ward to meeting this almost wholly unknown tribe. After having spent two months among the Coras of the Sierra del Nayarit, I made an entrance into the country of the Huichols on the east, and, in spite of much opposition from these Indians, succeeded in conquering all obstacles in my way. In order to overcome their prejudice against me, on my arrival at the pueblo of San Andrés Coamiata I discharged all my men, who were Mexicans, and re- mained alone among the Indians. The Huichols look .upon all strangers with much disfavor; and their feeling against me was so strong that the ‘ alcalde’ of Santa Catarina, the capital, had even made threats on my life, should I ever go there. Gradu- ally I learned the songs that the shaman was singing in the temple at the feast for making rain, thus breaking the hitherto insur- mountable barrier between them and me; and by degrees I gained their confidence to such an extent that my stay in this tribe, although attended with many privations, was very fruitful in results. I purpose here to make some preliminary remarks con- cerning this interesting tribe, pending a detailed report to be issued later. The name of the tribe is Vi-rd-ri-ka, in the western part of the country pronounced Vi-sja-li-ka,’ which means ‘prophets’ (Sp. 1 The ¢#/de over an Z (1) indicates that the Z is to be pronounced thick, almost approaching an » (pronounced with the tip of the tongue). . (Fr 1898. | Lumholtz, The Huichol Indians of Mexico. 3 adivinos). The Mexicans call them ‘los Huicholes,’—a corruption of the tribal name. ‘Their number to-day is about four thousand, and they live in a mountainous country, difficult of access, in the northwestern part of the State of Jalisco, on a spur of the great Sierra Madre. This range runs in a northerly and southerly direction, parallel to Sierra del Nayarit, both Sierras forming the southern part of Sierra Madre del Norte, which ends at the Rio Alica (also called Rio Santiago, and by other names at different points on its course). ‘The country is well watered, being traversed from north to south by a river, Rio Chapalagana, which runs at the bottom of a mighty, deep valley, a great many small affluents forming as many side valleys. While very narrow and steep at the bottom, the valley gradually broadens out, the sides rising to a height of from eight to nine thousand feet.. The country thus consists of two parallel ridges and the valley between, the top of the ridges being covered with immense pine forests, the abode of numerous deer. Down in the little steep and mountain- ous side valleys, on the borders of the river, the climate is tropical, and sugarcane is raised on a small scale for home use. On the pine-clad heights the Indians are not generally found living ; most of the ranches being situated at a moderate elevation above the sea, dispersed all over the district, in numerous small valleys. The northern part of the country, around the pueblos of Te- zompa and Soledad, is not so mountainous, and therefore has already been occupied by the Mexicans. The southern part, from the ranch Ratontita southwards, presents the same natural fea- tures as the northern ; but the Huichols here still jealously keep the Mexicans out. It is probably only a matter of time, however, before this section too will become Mexicanized. Mexicans have also encroached on the outskirts of the Huichol country, towards the east and west, on both slopes of the Sierra. All that is left, therefore, of the country owned solely by the Huichols, is mainly the central part. Here the population is fairly safe from advancing civilization, on account of the ruggedness of the country and its difficulty of access. It would hardly pay for white men to settle here, because of the small extent of country suitable for cultivation by the plough. I should estimate the present territory of the Huichols to be about forty miles long by 4 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. X, from twenty to twenty-five broad. This, however, gives no ade- quate idea of the length of time required to traverse this country of precipitous hillsides and mountain gorges. The Indians raise corn, beans and squashes on a moderate scale. On account of the mountainous character of the land, ploughing is not resorted to, except in a few places; the old-fashioned Indian way of cutting down brush, burning it, and then tilling the ground, being in vogue. This way of cultivating, which is still used among several tribes in Mexico, is called in Spanish coamilear, and. the field is called coamit. There is generally an abundance of rain from July till Novem- ber; but as so much of the corn is planted on the steep sides, where the water quickly dries up, the amount of water needed for cultivation is very great. The Huichols have a tradition that they originated in the south, got lost underneath the earth, and came forward again in the east, in the country of the hikuli (Sp. peyote), which is the central mesa of Mexico, near San Luis Potosi. They, and their western neigh- bors the Coras, are related in regard to language, religion and customs. Many of their myths are similar. Nayarit, the great place of worship of the Coras, named Tonati by the chroniclers, is also the place of worship of the Huichols, and is called by them Sa-kai-m6-ka, this being the name of an idol of the setting sun, which stands at this high point of Sierra del Nayarit, “looking towards Mexico.”’ In character the two tribes differ in that the Coras are unusually brave, while the Huichols are cowards, pre- ferring assassination to open war. The Huichols do not like the Coras, because they are “serpents;” and the two tribes rarely have transactions with each other, although sometimes we find them intermarrying on the border. It seems to be the accepted opinion that the country of the Huichols is included, with that of the Coras, under the term “ Nayarit,” and that the boundaries of Nayarit, or the “ Province of Nuevo Toledo,” as it was called, were Acaponeta in the west and Colotlan in the east. Thus the conquest of the Huichol country should have been accomplished at the same time as that of the Coras, namely in 1722. It seems hardly probable that the Huichols should not have been at least partly conquered before 1898. ] Lumholtz, The Huichol Indians of Mexico. 5 that time by Spaniards coming from the east, more especially since they are not such warriors as are the Coras. This opinion is con- firmed by a manuscript which I came across on my last expedi- tion, according to which pueblos were formed in the eastern part of the Huichol country about the middle of the seventeenth century. Franciscan missionaries converted them nominally to Chris- tianity, founding the pueblos of Tezompa, Soledad, San Andrés Coamiata, Santa Catarina, and San Sebastian, all on the eastern side of the river except San Andrés Coamiata, which lies on a plain in the sierra on the west. The pueblo of Guadalupe y Ocotan is of later origin, the district surrounding it having pre- viously belonged to San Andrés Coamiata. The two first- mentioned pueblos are possessed at present, as stated above, by the Mexicans. In the country of the Huichols there are to-day no priests, and there is probably no tribe in Mexico where the ancient beliefs have been so well maintained as there. ‘Their exterior conditions have been somewhat altered by the intro- duction of cattle and sheep. Cattle are now the favorite animals for sacrifice at the feasts for making rain during the dry season. The Huichols (see Plate I) are of medium height, or slightly over. At the pueblo of San Andrés, out of 43 men measured, 4o - per cent. were below 1.63 metres, 30 per cent. above 1.68 metres, and 30 per cent. between these two figures, giving an average height of 1.65 metres. This corresponds, according to Dr. Hrdlicka, with the heights of living Huichols, as calculated from measurements of the bones of Huichol skeletons. They are a healthy people, very emotional, being easily moved to laughter or to tears, and they are imaginative and excitable. Young people show affection in public, kissing or caressing each other. They are rather kind-hearted, and not inhospitable when having confidence in one; but they are avaricious, and the Mexican feso goes a long way in gaining their favor. As to regard for truth, they are absolutely wanting in that respect, and their word can never be depended upon. They are also very thievish, although they never stole anything from me. On the western side of the river, as well as in the pueblo of Guadalupe y Ocotan, which is on the eastern side, towards the 6 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, south, the hair is worn long and flowing; but on the eastern side it is formed into a queue, interbraided, and tied around towards the end, with a colored ribbon. In all cases a narrow hair-ribbon is bound round the head. The women weave blankets, tunics, girdles and hair-ribbons of ancient designs from wool. Cotton cloth, or manta, bought from Mexican stores, is gradually taking the place of woollen stuffs, as it is cheaper, and gives the women less trouble to make up. The women are clever at embroidery, with which they adorn both their own dress and that of the men. The Huichols live mostly in circular houses (¢-4/) made from loose stones, or from stone and mud, and covered with thatched roofs. Their temples (40-4¢-pa), which are devoted to various gods, are of similar shape, but much larger, having their entrance toward sun- rise. Outside of the door is an open space surrounded by small god houses (sjé-li-hi), rectangular in shape, and covered with gabled and thatched roofs. ‘The entrance to the st-li-hi faces the open place in front of the temple. Such small god houses may also frequently be found in the forests, and are sometimes circular in form, There are nineteen temples in the country, and although one may generally find ranches near them, still it is only at the time of the feasts that the population of the district congregates there, officials and their families camping in the small god houses. - The principal temple of the country is at the pueblo of Santa Catarina, the ancient name of which is To-a-pt-li, a mountain in the neighborhood. It is devoted to the principal god, Ta Té- wa-li, the god of fire. Idols are never found in the temples, but are hidden away in remote caves, or in some special sacred small edifice made for the purpose, either round or rectangular. There are a great many sacred caves devoted to various gods. These generally contain some little spring or pool which makes the cave sacred, Such pools or springs, which are called hu-tsd-la, are also found in various parts of the country outside of caves ; and the water is used for religious purposes, that from a few of them being thought beneficial to children, while a salutary influence upon human beings in general is attributed to that of most of them. ‘The water is used both internally and externally. There is one cave near Santa Catarina where, once a year, every Huichol 1898. ] Lumholtz, The Huichol Indians of Mexico. 7 must take a bath. The water from some 4u-tsd-/a is brought in gourds to the temple for the feasts, where people both drink a little of it and wash their heads with it. The Huichol spends a great part of his life at ceremonies and feasts. From May to August, that is to say the dry and part of the wet season, there are frequent feasts for making rain. During the wet season, should it stop raining only for two or three days, the principal men gather in the temple and decide to sacrifice an ox or two, which means a ‘feast,’ or propitiation of the gods, lasting for two days. ‘Then there is the feast of new squashes and that of the new corn, as well as that of toasted corn, connected with the cult of Aékudi (Sp. peyote); but the greatest of all is the feast for eating corncakes, which are made from ground whole corn, and baked in an oven. Very important in the religious life of the Huichol Indians is the use of htkuli, a small species of cactus (Anhalonium lewini?) which grows abundantly in the central mesa of Mexico. No doubt it is the same plant which in southwestern United States is called ‘mescal buttons.’ The same name, ‘ hékuli,’ is applied to this plant by the Tarahumares, who make journeys to the east to gather it, as do also the Huichols. It appears that the gods, once upon a time, _left the Huichol country, and went out to the country where A¢kuli is found to- -day. A gigantic deer is the god of htkuli, and is called Ta-mats Pa- li-ke Ta-mo-jz-ke, signifying “elder brother, walking at daybreak, everywhere,” no doubt the dawn god. The plant is considered as the votive bowl of Ta Té-wa-li, the god of fire and the principal god of the Huichols, and has to be procured every year, or it will not rain. In September parties from the various ‘districts of the country start out to gather the plant, which is found near San Luis Potosi, in the State of the same name. They stop over night at the same camping places every year, going and coming, and have gods all the way along in the shape of mountains or springs. The time consumed in going is seventeen days. They remain at the place three full days, and are twenty-three days on the journey back. After the return of the A‘hudi-seekers to their own country they first spend many weeks in procuring a number of deer, so neces- 8 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. (Vol. X, 2 sary for the htkuli feast. The meat of the deer, having first of all been cooked between hot stones in earth mounds, is cut into small square pieces, and strung on strings and dried, and in that way kept for the feast. When the needed amount of deer-meat has been obtained, the hikuli-seekers must next cut down the brush- wood and trees at a certain place, this being the first preparation for the communal field on which the new corn a few months hence will be sown. Immediately afterward the feast comes off, gener- ally not before December or January. As indicated above, it forms an integral part of the feast for eating toasted corn, and is named accordingly ra-ri-ki-ra (ra-ki meaning ‘toasted corn’). — During all the months consumed in preparations for this feast, from the time of first starting out to gather the plant, until the feast is over,—a period of from four to five months,—entire absti- nence from sexual intercourse, and from eating salt, is imposed ; nor is it allowed to bathe or wash. Both men and women take part in the dance of this feast, which is afterwards, as is the case with most of their feasts, repeated at each ranch. A peculiar feature in the Atkuli ceremonies is the painting of the faces, in various designs, with a yellow root brought from the same country where the plant grows. These designs, which may also be found on the tobacco-gourds of the hikuli-seekers, are of different patterns, but are all signs of fire, in honor of which the whole feast is carried on. Both men and women partake of the drink made from the plant. The effect of this plant on the nervous system is exhilarating, and.-it allays the feelings of hunger and thirst. Although, when fresh, it has a nauseating, slightly sour taste, it is wonderfully refreshing when one is taking exercise. So far from suffering fatigue in walking, one feels as if pushed along, as I can testify from my own experience. In this respect it resembles Peruvian coca; but, unlike that remedy, it leaves a certain depression, as well as a headache. Although one feels as if drunk after eating Atkuli, and the trees dance before his eyes, still the balance of the body is very well maintained. It is also very important to note that a marked effect of the plant is to take away all sexual desire, this no doubt being the cause of the Indians imposing, by a curious aboriginal mode of reasoning, abstinence from sexual intercourse as a necessary part of the hikuli cult. 2 ov ~_ nr Le AD at 1808. | Lumholtz, The Huichol Indians of Mexico. 9 Professor A. Heffter, of Leipzig, writes me that, having made experiments with this plant upon himself, he had beautiful color visions. This he attributes to the new substance, which he calls ‘mescalin,’ discovered by him in the plant (see also the article ‘Beitrage zur chemischen Kenntnis der Cactaceen,’ in ‘ Apotheker- Zeitung,’ 1896, No. 79). During the months of preparation for the feast of hikuli the Indian is constantly seen eating slices of the fresh plant, cut- ting it lengthwise, and generally not consuming more than one slice, perhaps a quarter or a half of one plant, at atime. Asa rule, a man does not eat more than four or five a day; but the number may reach as many as twenty. When taken in moderate quantities it has the effect of making him merry and good- tempered, and of putting him ina singing mood. His eyes assume a peculiar stare. His step and his movements become quicker than usual, although steady. He shows in his ecstasies, however, nothing similar to the effects of alcoholic drinks. In a few cases a man may consume so much that he is attacked with a fit of madness, rushing backward and forward, trying to kill people, and tearing his clothes to pieces. People then seize upon him, and tie him hand and foot, leaving him thus until he regains his senses. Such occurrences are thought to be due to infringements of the law of abstinence imposed upon them before and during the feast. Hikuli is generally strung on long strings to dry, being in this state hung up in coils, like huge necklaces, in the temple or at the houses. When the feast comes on, the plant is dry, or nearly so, and, mixed with water, has invariably to be ground on the mezate. A kind of thickish drink, rather brown in color, is produced from it, which is offered in small quantities, but at ‘frequent intervals, to those present. It is never mixed with any other drink. This plant is also used to a certain extent by the Cora Indians, who buy it from the Huichols. Both tribes cultivate the plant on a very small scale ; liliputian gardens, or tiny patches of land, being enclosed with a stone wall for the purpose. The plant is also considered to be medicinal, being rubbed on the body in cases of rheumatism. Rubbing it on the knees is said to insure strength in walking, and taken internally it is thought to give life. IO Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. X, The moving principle in the religion of the Huichols is the desire of producing rain, the deer and the hikuli being the chief factors in attaining this end. Once upon a time the all-important thing for the Huichols to eat—the deer—became god, and he is to them the symbol of life and of fertility. With his blood the grains of corn are sprinkled before being sown. The great god of hikuli, when he appeared the first time out in the country of the hikuli, showed | himself as a deer, and every one of his tracks became a Athult- plant—the plant of life ; and the life is that of the deer. Of very great interest in this tribe are their many symbolic objects—ceremonial arrows, ‘ faces,’ shields, ‘ eyes,’ votive bowls, etc. Ceremonial arrows are inseparably connected with the life of the Huichol, the arrow representing the Indian himself in his prayers to the various gods. At all important events of his life, from his birth to his death, an arrow is made and sacrificed, and no feast can be imagined without the presence of arrows. Very peculiar are the ceremonial ‘faces’ or ‘appearances’ (ne-a- Ui-ha) of the god supplicated. ‘They are either hung to an arrow or placed separately in the small god houses or sacred caves. They are generally round in shape, looking like a diminutive shield made from split bamboo (o¢a¢e) reeds, interwoven with cot- ton cord and crewel of various colors so as to represent mytho- logical persons or events. Other symbolic objects are the so-called ‘shields’ (xdm-a), rectangular in shape, looking like a diminutive matting, but made from splints of bamboo, interwoven with cotton éord and crewel of various colors so’as to represent figures of mythological impor- tance. These objects refer to ancient times, when the gods, or ancient people, covered their backs against the rays of the sun, or their fronts against the arrows or other missiles of their enemies. Interesting, too, are the ‘eyes’ (s7-ki- li ), meaning the eyes of the gods. These are small crosses of wood, interwoven with cot- ton cord and crewel of various colors so as to form a square, which, however, is hung by one corner to an arrow. Sometimes one of the cross-pieces is made very long, so that the symbolic object is stuck in the ground in the same way as are arrows, In 1808. | Lumholtz, The Huichol Indians of Mexico. II this respect these symbolic objects are exactly like those found in the graves of Peru and among living tribes, for instance, the Tara- humares. Mr. Frank Hamilton Cushing has drawn my attention to the false head of a Peruvian mummy (from Ancon) actually having placed upon it, as eyes, such very objects. They are placed so that opposite angles come where the corners of the eyes would be. Exceedingly important in their cult are votive bowls. These are ordinary gourds used as drinking vessels, the gourd being cut in two ; and the bowl thus formed is painted inside with red ochre mixed with the ground kernels of a certain plant, called in Spanish chia, which is very oily, and gives it a kind of polish. These are the ordinary drinking vessels of the Huichol Indians; but when used for symbolic purposes they are adorned with glass beads, which are fastened to the inside or outside with beeswax, and arranged in various designs, being thus turned into drinking ves- sels of various gods. All these symbolic objects are made on certain occasions, either for the tribe or for some private individual, and placed in god houses, sacred caves, or other consecrated localities of the gods, praying their silent prayers. A Deluge legend is well established in the tribe, and with many particulars. I cannot refrain from giving a detailed description of the way in which the Huichols manufacture one of their alcoholic drinks, called ¢aatsj. It is a very weak kind of brandy, produced from the stalks of a certain species of agave. The Huichol name for a distillery is saz-at-sd-mi (Sp. taberna). The main part of it consists of a large jar (see cut, p. 12, 4) in which the fermented stalks are cooked, and a smaller one (e) sus- pended inside of this to receive the condensed vapor. The jars, of course, vary somewhat in size in different distilleries, but the measurements given below are those of specimens which I brought back with me, and which well represent the ordinary type of the Huichol distillery. The large jar measures 38 cm. in height, 1 cm. in thickness, and 33-5 cm. in diameter at the mouth; and it is made of rather coarse pottery-ware. The small jar measures 14 cm. in height 12 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. X, by 18.5 cm. in diameter of mouth, and is made of similar material. : On top of the large jar are placed two, and sometimes three, solid rings (c) of straw (to-nt-hu-li), one over the other, each 5.5 cm. thick, which fit exactly over the brim, forming, so to speak, an ‘elongated neck’ to it. Round this jar with its ‘elongated neck’ Sectional View of Huichol Distillery. is erected a mound-like structure of stone and mud, which holds the upper part of the jar firm, as well as the ‘elongated neck,’ but widens out toward the ground, forming a kind of oven (a) around the lower part of the jar. Thisoven has openings on either side to afford a draught for the fire. The jar does not rest on the ground, but on a medium-sized stone (g), thus increasing the draught, and ' ! ue 1898. | Lumholtz, The Huichol Indians of Mexico. 13 facilitating the heating of the jar. The earth and mud not only hold the ‘elongated neck’ in place, but also rise some eighteen or twenty centimetres or more above it, forming a kind of funnel. Into this funnel the cooling-vessel (d@) fits snugly, the bottom of it remaining some ten to twelve centimetres above the straw rings. The small jar (wi-vi-@-le-a-mi), or receptacle for the liquor, hangs down into the big one, suspended by two cords (/) of ixtle (yucca), which pass up along the sides of the cooler, and fall down outside over.the mound. The cords are held in place solely by the pressure of the cooling-vessel against the sides of the mound. Steam from the large jar condenses on the bottom of the cooler, which is kept filled with cold water, and falls in drops into the receiver below. ‘That the steam may not escape round the cool- ing-vessel, the man in attendance plasters it round thickly with mud, and he now and then removes the cooler to see how the dis- tillation is going on. When he finds that the receiver has become filled with liquor, he lifts it up, empties it into a large jar standing near, and then replaces it to receive more. He now puts the cooling-vessel in place again, plasters mud around it, and the distillation goes on as before. The liquor produced in this way is very rarely distilled a second time. It is therefore very watery, but not unpleasant to the taste. Used in considerable quantities, it is intoxicating, still it does not seem to do much harm to the constitution of the Huichols. .The liquor is never kept long, and has to be made to order for any approaching feast. The Mexicans derive their famous /eguz/a, or mescal, which is the strongest alcoholic drink produced in Mexico, from the maguey (Agave americana), One of the inferior kinds of brandy, soté/," is produced from another plant of the same family, sofd/; and this is the plant from which the Huichols extract their alcoholic drink. All the leaves are cut off from the bulb-shaped stalk, or . ‘heart’ (Sp. corazon) of the plant, as the Mexicans call it. These ‘hearts’ are subsequently cooked by being placed between hot stones, and covered with earth, a layer of grass being put between. 1 Sometimes in Mexico all native brandies, and there are several kinds, are comprised under the general term ‘ mescal,’ 14 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X.| They afford a sweet article of food, very indigestible, but agree- able to most Indian tribes of Mexico. This sweet stuff is crushed, mixed with water, and left to ferment for about a week in the open air, without any cover, in a cowhide, which is made to serve as a bag by suspending it between four poles. ‘There is no other name for this bag, among the Hui- chols, than the Spanish éé¢a ; but the Mexicans have, besides, the name é/ cuero. It will thus be seen that the only parts of the distillery that the Huichols have adopted from the Mexicans are the fermenting receptacle and the cooling-vessel. It was only to be expected that, with the introduction of cattle, a cowhide bag should take the place of a natural cavity in the rock, as a more convenient receptacle for the fermenting stuff. The cooling-vessel, which is at present bought in Mexican stores, and is of copper and round in shape, has the same name as that used by the Mexicans—e/ caso. Probably not longer ago than fifteen or twenty years wooden cooling-vessels of similar shape were used. I was anxious to secure one of these vessels ; but the only man capable of making one in the southeastern part of the country, where I was staying at the time, was absent, and thus neither time nor circumstances allowed me to procure a specimen. The accompanying illustration (Plate I1) shows the man in the act of renewing the fermented stuff in the boiler, or cooking-jar. He has taken out the receiver, which is standing in front of him; and the cooler rests on the side of the mound. He is now engaged in emptying the boiler of the bits of stalk that have already been utilized. For this purpose he employs two fork-shaped sticks, the forked part being covered with a coarse network of ixtle, which form convenient implements for extricating the hot material. The refuse is thrown away in a heap to one side, as seen on the right of the picture. The process of distillation among the Huichols is to my knowl- edge the most primitive found on the continent. A step higher in evolution is the method employed by their neighbors and relatives, the Cora Indians, which, although in detail more primitive than that of the Tarasco Indians, is practically identical. with theirs, as described by the late John G. Bourke, in the ‘American Anthro- pologist’ for January, 1893, Vol. VI. Bu.vLeTin A. M. N. H. VoL. X, Prate I. HUICHOL INDIAN IN-HIS ORDINARY DREsS. Butietin A. M. N. H. Vor. X, Prate II. HvICHOL DISTILLERY. Article II.—NOTES ON BIRDS OBSERVED AT JALAPA AND LAS VIGAS, VERA CRUZ, MEXICO. By FRANK M. CHAPMAN. PLATE III. Doubtless no other area of similar extent offers as many attrac- tions to the naturalist as does that portion of the State of Vera Cruz lying between the parallels of 18° and 20° north latitude. Its surface includes lagoons, rivers and dashing streams ; sandy beaches, marshes, and plains; valleys, cafions and mountain crests whose loftiest peak reaches an elevation of over 18,000 feet, and is crowned with perpetual snow. The temperature of the region is of course affected by its varying altitudes, and the climate is further influenced by extremes of aridity and humidity. To these natural conditions should be added the accessibility of the region, and the fact that it is bisected by two lines of rail- _ way, which within a few hours take the traveller through three life-zones. Thus, leaving the city of Vera Cruz on the Mexican Railway, at 6 A. M., we pass through the arid coastal zone, or tierra caliente seca, and in two hours reach the lower border of the humid tropical zone, or “erra caliente hiimeda, at an altitude of some goo feet. We are now fairly in the mountains, and the ascent is more rapid, the lower border of the temperate zone, or “erra templada, at an altitude of about 2,700 feet, being reached at 9 A.M. We now journey through the elevated valleys of the “#erra ¢emplada, and in two hours have reached the northern limit of this zone, and the southern limit of the humid alpine zone, or “terra fria himeda, at an altitude of some 5,500 feet. The palms and heliconias of the humid tropical zone, the tree ferns and coffee groves of the terra templada, are now replaced by forests of pines and oaks, which continue until, six hours after leaving Vera Cruz, we approach the arid alpine zone, or “#erra fria seca, at an altitude of some 8,000 feet. The journey from this point to Mexico is on the great central plateau, a treeless region, over which comparatively uniform conditions prevail. [15] 16 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. (Vol. X, It is evident, then, that within this circumscribed area the stu- dent of the geographical distribution of life will find a field for work, where a minimum of effort will produce a maximum of result. A bio-geographic map of this region, based not only upon an exact knowledge of the distribution of its plants and animals, but also upon detailed information of its topography, soil, and climate, would be of surpassing interest, and it is as a contribution toward so desirable an end that this paper is presented.’ The following notes are based upon observations and collec- tions made between March 28 and April 27, 1897, at Jalapa, altitude 4,400 feet, and at Las Vigas, altitude 8,000 feet. During this period I employed as my assistant Sefior Mateo Trujillo, of Jalapa, and his thorough knowledge of the ground, skill in col- lecting, and obliging disposition, were material factors in securing the 772 specimens (486 birds and 266 mammals’) which formed my collections. I desire also to express my thanks to Mr. J. F. Brooks, of Jalapa, for permission to camp and to collect upon his estate. Asa matter of convenience I have arranged the species observed in the order given in the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana.’ I.—Brrps OBSERVED AT JALAPA. The names of few localities in Mexico are better known to ornithologists than that of Jalapa. One of the first faunal papers® on Mexican birds was based upon collections made largely near this city, and as early as 1859 Dr. P. L. Sclater published a report* ona collection of 850 birds’ skins collected by Sefior Raphael Montes de Oca in the vicinity of Jalapa, which, with an immedi- ately succeeding paper on birds from Oaxaca,’ and one by the same author on Sallé’s Collections,’ constituted the most impor- tant contributions to our knowledge of the distribution of Mexi- 1 For an important paper on the distribution of the birds of Vera Cruz, by F. Sumichrast, see Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural History, Vol. I, pt. iv, 1869. 2 For a report on the Mammals, see this Bulletin, IX, 1897, pp: 197-208. 8 Cassin, Catalogue of Birds collected ‘by Wm. S. Pease during the march of the Arm of the United States from Vera Cruz to the City of Mexico. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1848- *49) Pp. 87-9r. 4P. Z. S., 1859, pp. 362-369. 5 [bid., pp. 369-393- 6 [bid., 1856, pp. 283-311. I PO ey Oe br eee go 1898. | Chapman on Mexican Birds. 17 can birds which had then appeared. Subsequently, de Oca became one of the best known of Mexican collectors. He con- tinued his work in the vicinity of Jalapa for many years, and no general collection of Mexican birds was without ‘skins’ of his characteristic make. In more recent years Sefior Mateo Trujillo, of Jalapa, has proved a worthy successor of de Oca, and while acting for Messrs. Salvin and Godman, and for others, has procured large numbers of birds near his home. It would seem, therefore, that so far as their occurrence is concerned, our knowledge of Jalapan birds is too complete to render worth publication notes made during a stay of only three weeks. I find, however, on examination of the papers mentioned, and upon reference to other recorded specimens of de Oca’s collecting, that our published knowledge of Jalapan birds is not only indefinite, but in many instances is positively incorrect. Jalapa, lying between two wholly distinct life-zones (the “#erra caliente of the coast region and the #erra fria of the tableland), is so situated that within a few hours one may pass to a tropical, or to an almost boreal fauna. It would even make a material difference in the result of a day’s collecting whether one should go to the south or to the north of the city. Consequently, the necessity for exactness in labelling is evident, a necessity, however, which de Oca, in common with many of the earlier collectors, did not realize. His specimens, if they were labelled at all, were marked simply “ Jalapa,” though, as Trujillo informs me, and as a study of Dr. Sclater’s list shows, many of them were taken in an entirely different faunal region. Hence we find included in the paper referred to such species as Certhia familiarts alticola, Sitta pygmea, Parus meridionalis, Junco pheonotus, Loxia curvt- rostra stricklandi, Dryobates stricklandi, and others characteristic of the alpine zone, and which doubtless never occur, even as migrants, near Jalapa. Again, other birds mentioned in this same paper (e.g., Dendrortyx barbatus) do not occur nearer than the arid coastal belt of the “#erra caliente, and this inexactness bears fruit to the present day in the form of requests which Trujillo receives for specimens of de Ocan species, which the former has not met with during many years’ experience. [ February, 1898.] Q 18 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol.X, It is evident, therefore, that for the purposes of the student of geographical distribution, the locality ‘ Jalapa’ on a de Ocan speci- men is of little more service than would be a statement that the specimen came from the State of Vera Cruz, while to accept the locality ‘ Jalapa’ as exact might prove extremely misleading. Trujillo, appreciating the need of greater care, has labelled his birds with full data, but as his collections have never been reported on as a whole, the results of his labors remain inacces- sible to the public. Thus the ‘ Jalapa’ of ornithological litera- ture and the Jalapa of maps are by no means the same place, and as a contribution to our knowledge of the manner of occurrence and habits of the birds of this region, I feel warranted in pre- senting the following notes. Jalapa being, as has been before remarked, at an altitude of some 4,400 feet, is in the heart of the temperate life-zone, or Herra templada, ‘This life-zone, unlike the ones below and above it, has no arid sub-division, the whole temperate belt receiving a never- failing supply of rain from the moisture-laden clouds which arise from the Gulf and are condensed on the mountain-sides. Jalapa is, in fact, celebrated for its fogs and drizzling rains, which, even in midwinter, or at the height of the so-called ‘ dry season,’ give to its vegetation a perennial freshness. Collections were made at Jalapa from March 28 to April 16, at a point one and one-half miles east of the city, where my camp was most advantageously situated. The surrounding country is a series of low, rounded hills with narrow, intervening valleys, and is largely under cultivation in corn and coffee. There are also grazing lands, tracts of scrubby bushes, young second-growths, and fairly large areas of fine old forests containing some first- growth timber. The region is well watered by small streams. Birds were abundant. Three or four species were found to be laying, but dissections showed that the breeding season was only just begun. Most species were mating, or nest-building, and the song-season was therefore at its height. 1. Catharus melpomene (Caé.).—An abundant inhabitant of the denser undergrowth, preferably along the borders of wood- land. Its dull colors, habit of sitting motionless when perching, 1898. | Chapman on Mexican Birds. 19 and the nature of its haunts, make it a difficult bird to observe. It is not shy, and one’s presence often seems to stimulate its powers of song; nevertheless I succeeded in securing but seven specimens. Both this bird’s relationships and appearance would lead one to suppose that it possessed unusual vocal talent, but from the birds about Jalapa I heard only the most unattractive song. It was not unusual to hear four individuals singing at the same time their oft-repeated, unmusical, guttural, cheerless-mereless, with occasionally a few added notes. 2. Catharus mexicanus (Zon.).— Apparently rare, but two specimens, a male and a female, being taken. The former differs from the latter in having the black cap deeper and more clearly defined, the back, sides of the throat, the breast and flanks grayer, -a difference which, as Salvin and Godman suggest,’ is doubtless sexual. 3. Merula tristis assimilis (Caé.)—The most abundant species observed. Its calls resemble those of the Robin (AZerula migratoria), but are apparently less varied; its song, however, is to my mind much richer and more musical than that of the Robin. Dozens of these birds could be heard singing early each morning, and in the afternoon we were again serenaded by this inspiring chorus of bird-song. Comparison of two specimens of this Thrush, collected by Dr. G. A. Buller, at Tonila, Jalisco, with eight specimens from Jalapa, shows such marked differences in color that I have submitted my Jalapa material to Mr. E. W. Nelson for comparison with his large series of Meruda tristis from the west coast region, including specimens from Huitzilac, Morelos, which is in the same district as Temascaltepec, the locality whence came Swainson’s type. Mr. Nelson kindly writes me that the Jalapan birds differ from west coast examples in their darker coloration, the wings and tail being blackish brown, not grayish olive-brown, the brown on the flank being grayer and darker. West coast birds are somewhat the larger, as the following average measurements of representative 1 Biol. Cent.-Am., Aves, I, 7. 20 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, series of males from Morelos and Jalisco and from Jalapa show: West coast birds: Wing, 5.12; tail, 4.06; culmen, .87; tarsus, 1.26. Jalapa birds: Wing, 4.98; tail, 3.94; culmen, .83; tarsus, 1.20. It thus appears that the east coast bird is well entitled to subspecific rank, and I apply to it, therefore, the name asszmilis of Cabanis based by him on Jalapa specimens. 4. Merula grayi Bon..—Much less common about my camp than the preceding species, but abundant in the gardens of the city of Jalapa, where JZ. ¢. assimilis was not observed. This peculiarity of distribution doubtless accounts for the name Prima- vera corriente, or Common Thrush, being applied to this species. The calls of MJerula grayi, like those of MW. ¢. assimilis, bear a strong resemblance to certain of those of our Robin (Merula migratoria), but it has also a wholly distinctive, nasal mewing note. Its song I consider one of the finest I have ever heard a bird sing. In its varied character, fluency and execution it sug- gests the songs of the Catbird ( Galeoscoptes carolinensis), Thrasher Harporhynchus rufus), and Mocker (Mimus polyglottos), but it is sweeter in tone and less consciously sung; in spirituality I was reminded of the songs of both the Wood Thrush ( Zwsdus muste- linus) and Hermit Thrush ( Zwrdus a. pallasit). In short it is a flawless performance, and heard at nightfall, when the birds sing most freely, is one of the most satisfying bird’s songs to which it has been my fortune to listen. 5. Galeoscoptes carolinensis (Zinn.)—A female, taken April 7, was the only one. observed. This specimen shows no signs of molt in progress. 6. Melanotis czrulescens (Szwazs.).—Abundant ; resem- bling the Catbird in its fondness for dense shrubbery and in its general actions. Its notes could be heard at almost any hour of the day, and their loud tone and striking originality, in con- nection with the bird’s- numbers, combined to render it one of the most characteristic birds of the region. It would take a far longer experience than mine to enable one to fully describe the notes of this bird, if, indeed, they could ever be fully described. 1898. | “Chapman on Mexican Birds. 21 So greatly do the songs of different birds vary from each other that I cannot say which is the true song of the species. I have heard three birds singing wholly unlike songs at the same time. They may utter a rambling, broken recitative or short, vigorous call of but three or four notes, and in addition to their own apparently limitless repertoire they imitate the notes of other birds in so perfect a manner that identification by means of notes alone was often extremely uncertain. 7. Harporhynchus longirostris (Za/fr.)—Not common. In choice of haunts and in song it resembles H. rufus ; its song, however, seemed to me to be richer than that of the Eastern bird. 8. Myiadestes obscurus (Za/r.).—The Jilguero, as this bird is called by the natives, was common in all the older wood- lands, where it frequents the tops of the highest trees. Occa- sionally it may be seen darting ten to twenty feet upward into the air, apparently after insects, but were it not for its song the bird would rarely be noticed. This, however, is so remarkable that one would indeed be unobservant who could pass within one hundred yards of a singing Jilguero and not be attracted by its song. It is described in my journal as beginning “ with several preliminary, metallic, bell-like calls separated by rapidly decreas- ing intervals, then bursting into a shower of sparkling notes, which, if you are near the singer, completely drowns the songs of all the other birds in your vicinity. There may be a dozen birds singing, but you hear only the Jilguero. In rapidity of utterance, spontaneity and absolute irrepressibleness, the song reminds me of the Bobolink’s, but A/yzadestes sings more notes to the second than our ‘mad singer.’ The bird is secondary to the song; it takes entire possession of him. To use a rather unpleasant simile, it is like a fit; it is an explosion of music over which the bird has no control.” It is not to be wondered at, therefore, that the Jilguero is a favorite cage-bird among a people who are more than usually fond of pets. It is, as a rule, reared from the nest, and evidently thrives in captivity on a diet of plantains and boiled eggs. 22 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. X, There is a striking and very interesting difference in the songs of individuals of this species from different localities. Thus the voices of the birds about Jalapa are possessed of such strength that when heard at a distance of a few yards the sound is pain- fully loud, and I have often placed my fingers to my ears when passing near the cage of a singing bird. But the birds from the deep ravines or barrancas have much sweeter, less powerful voices, and under the name of “ Jilguero de la Barranca” are highly prized. In caged-birds I have noticed that the three to five notes which precede the song are in turn preceded by a nervous flitting or twitching of the first primary, the outward evidence of the emo- tion which culminates in the burst of music I have tried to describe. The Clarin (A/yiadestes unicolor) was reported by Trujillo as occurring on the wooded sides of a deep barranca several miles from, and at a lower elevation than, Jalapa. Its song, as I have heard it in captivity, is much superior to that of the Jilguero, being possessed of greater richness of tone, depth of expression, and variety of notes. 9. Sialia sialis azurea (Zaird).—In a locality which strongly suggested an old apple orchard, Bluebirds were not uncommon, and I have observed seven individuals there in a morning. They were evidently preparing to breed, and their familiar song seemed, by association, wholly out of place in a region inhabited by Toucans, Trogons and Ant-birds, 10. Regulus calendula (Zinn.).—Four individuals were ob- served, three of which were females showing, on dissection, no signs of an approaching breeding season. 11. Heleodytes zonatus (Zess.).—Common in small com-. panies of six or eight birds. They frequent the denser growth at the borders of woods, living both in the bushes and upper branches, but if found in the former situation at once mount up- ward, hopping from limb to limb. As they go they switch the tail violently from side to side, or sweep it about in a singular 1898. | | Chapman on Mexican Birds. 23 way, but I have never seen them cock it forward as other Wrens do. At the same time they give utterance to a loud, scolding, cackling note, which is soon followed by a chorus sounding like scratchertee-scratch-e-scratch, three times repeated, and in such perfect unison that one can readily imagine it a concerted per- formance under the direction of a leader. 12. Henicorhina mexicana: Ve/s.—This Wren was a not uncommon inhabitant of the denser undergrowth in damper parts of the forests where, owing to the nature of its haunts, its color and activity, it was as difficult to shoot as a Field Mouse. Its call is a low, chippering &7ck, but its song is possessed of sur- prising volume. It is thrush-like in quality, and suggests the song of the Robin, but it is delivered with the snap and energy which characterizes the song of the Whip-poor-will. 13. Thryothorus maculipectus Zafr.— Common. Its musical, rapid whistle does not appreciably differ from that of Thryothorus ruttlus, and is so unlike the song of any other Wren with which I am familiar that it suggests a much closer relation- ship between these two birds than their appearance would lead one to suppose existed. 14. Troglodytes aédon V7ez//—Two females, the only individuals of the species observed, show no signs of breeding. These specimens are obviously to be referred to aédon rather than to aztecus. 15. Cistothorus palustris plesius Overholser—On the outskirts of Jalapa there is a small marsh grown with high grasses and reeds, in which there were about a dozen individuals of this bird, which has apparently not before been recorded from this part of Mexico. The three specimens secured are evidently to be referred to the interior form of Long-billed Marsh Wren recently distinguished by Mr. H. C. Oberholser’ under the above name. They were females, and on dissection the ovaries showed no signs of enlargement. 1 Auk, XIV, April, 1897, 188. 24 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. X, 16. Cistothorus polyglottos (Vie//.).—In the marsh inhab- ited by Cistothorus p. plesius there were several pairs of these Short-billed Marsh Wrens. A nearly completed nest of coarse grasses, open on top and placed near the ground, doubtless be- longed to this species, and this evidence of their breeding was confirmed by the much enlarged testes of the three males taken. Aside from their paler under parts, these birds are readily dis- tinguished from any one of a representative series of C. stellaris by the broader white stripes of the back, and unbarred black inner webs of the basal two-thirds of the inner tail-feathers. I have no specimens of this Wren from South America, and follow recent authors in referring the Mexican bird to C. poly- glottos. 17. Helminthophila pinus (Zznv.).—A male, taken April 7, is acquiring new feathers in the interscapulars. 18. Helminthophila rubricapilla (W7/s.).—One of three specimens, a female taken April 7, is gaining new. feathers on the breast. 19. Helminthophila peregrina (W7vs.)—A male taken April 18 shows no sign of molt in progress. 20. Dendroica virens (Gme/.)—A female taken April 7 is acquiring new feathers on the crown. 21. Seiurus aurocapillus (Zznzv.).—A male taken April 6 shows no signs of molt in progress. 22. Geothlypis trichas (Zinz.).—A female taken April 15 is growing new feathers on the crown. 23. Icteria virens (Zinn.).—A female taken April 10 shows no signs of molt in progress. 24. Wilsonia pusilla (W7/s.).—Three of the four specimens taken, one a female, are acquiring the black cap by a complete molt of the feathers of the crown, and are also gaining new feath- ers about the gular region, 1898. | Chapman on Mexican Birds. 25 25. Basileuterus culicivorus (Zzch¢.)—Common, espe- cially in young second-growth woods. It is a rather suspicious bird, and with drooped wings and slightly spread tail flits from branch to branch about the intruder, uttering a chirping call. Its song is simple and weak, but musical, and reminds one of the song of Sylvania mitrata, though by no means equal to it. 26. Basileuterus rufifrons (.Szwans.)—Much less common than B. culicivorus. It seemed to prefer bushy growths at the borders of woods, just such haunts as are selected by Geothlypis trichas. 27. Vireo gilvus (Viez//.).—A male, taken April 18, shows no signs of molt in progress. 28. Vireo amauronotus Sa/v. & Godm.—lIt is a singular fact that in a region so well known as Jalapa this hitherto little known Vireo should prove to be acommon bird. Five to seven individuals were heard daily, and their song so closely resembles that of Vireo gilvus that before examining specimens I entered the species in my notes under that name. - Comparison of seven examples of this bird with an equal num- ber of Vireo josephe and a large series of V. gi/vus shows that its relationships were correctly defined by Messrs. Salvin and God- man in describing it from the then only known specimen.’ In the plumage of the back it more nearly approaches josephe in being brownish olive-green rather than grayish olive-green, while the crown is distinctly brownish, not grayish, as in gi/vus. Inthe color of the under parts, however, it almost exactly resembles gilvus, being much less yellow than josephe. A female taken April 1 was about to lay, while one taken April 5 was laying. 29. Vireo solitarius (Wz/s.)—Two specimens, taken re- spectively March 29 and April 1, are acquiring numerous new feathers on the crown, back, throat, and breast. 1 Biol. Cent.-Am., Aves, I, 193. 26 = Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, 30. Neochloé brevipennis Sc/.—Three males of this rare Vireo were taken in scrubby undergrowth, two at the border of woods and one in the more bushy growth of an old field. Their song is short, and in character is sufficiently like the notes of Vireo noveboracensis to enable one to recognize the singer as a Vireo before seeing it. The iris is white. 31. Cyclorhis flaviventris (Za/r.)—Not uncommon, and resembling in notes and habits the same species as I have seen it in Yucatan. 32. Ampelis cedrorum (Vzez//.)—Not uncommon in flocks of six to ten individuals. A female taken April 3 is acquiring a few new feathers on the crown, and is the only one of five speci- mens showing signs of a molt in progress. It is surprising to learn that the relation between birds so apparently unlike as the present species and P#logonys cinereus should be recognized in the common name given to them both, Ampelis being known at Jalapa as Filomena cola corta, while to Ptilogomys the name Fi/omena cola larga is applied, or, respec- tively, the Short- and Long-tailed Filomena. 33. Ptilogonys cinereus Swans. — Tolerably common, haunting the tops of the tallest trees, where it usually selects a perch on a dead or leafless limb. Its position is upright, its man- ner alert, and with crest slightly erect it is ever ready to dart into the air for insects. It apparently catches several before re- alighting, and it may not return to the same perch. Its call isa loud, metallic c/azk. Its flight is rather rapid and undulating, and when on the wing it utters a chuckling note. A male having testes one-fourth of an inch in length, — the female in plumage except for the white tail band, which is as broad as in the fully-mature male. 34. Progne chalybea (Gme/.).—Not uncommon in the city of Jalapa, but not observed in the surrounding country. No specimens were obtained. { 1898. | Chapman on Mexican Birds. 27 35. Chelidon erythrogaster (Aodd.).—Late each afternoon great numbers of Swallows were seen coursing low over the city of Jalapa. No specimens were obtained, but the present species and TZachycineta bicolor were positively identified, and there was also a species of Petrochelidon, whether lunifrons or melanogaster I cannot say. None of these birds were seen about my camp, distant less than two miles. 36. Tachycineta bicolor (Viez//.).—Seen in the late after- noon in large numbers feeding over the city of Jalapa. 37. Stelgidopteryx serripennis (A4zd.).—Not common. Several were seen apparently prospecting for nesting sites in a sand-bank, and the testes of a male taken April 18 were consider- ably enlarged, evidence tending to show that this species breeds at Jalapa. 38. Euphonia elegantissima (ozap.)—Not common. 39. Tanagra abbas Zich¢t.—Not uncommon. 40. Piranga rubra (Zinn.).—A female taken April 6 had slightly enlarged ovaries. 41. Piranga leucoptera 77udeau.—A fully plumaged male, taken April 3, was the only specimen observed. 42. Piranga bidentata Swatns—Common in the more heavily-wooded tracts, where it frequents the upper branches. Its song resembles that of Piranga erythrome/as, but is more musical, and even more strongly suggests that of Merula migratoria. Its call-note is a characteristic c/¢t-tuck, corresponding to the chip- chirr of P. erythromelas and chicky-ticky-tuck of P. rubra. 43. Pheenicothraupis rubicoides (Za/r.)—Three examples were taken, the only ones observed. 44. Chlorospingus opthalmicus (Du Bus)—Common. A female taken April 1 was laying, another taken April 16 was sit- 28 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. _ (Vol. X, ting, showing that the breeding season was at hand; but I failed to hear, or, at least, to recognize either the song or call-notes of this species. 45. Buarremon brunneinucha (Za/r.)—Not uncommon; living in the forests on or near the ground in the denser under- growth. It is apparently a shy bird, and I failed to learn any- thing of its notes. 46. Saltator atriceps (Zess.)—Not uncommon about the borders of woods. This is an active bird, seldom seen long in one place, and apparently it ranges over a wide extent of terri- tory during the day. Its notes are loud and harsh, but I did not hear the unpleasant, steely alarm-note uttered so frequently wy this species in Yucatan. 47. Saltator grandis (Z/ch¢.).—Less common than the preceding. 48. Zamelodia ludoviciana (Zzxn.).—Not observed about our camp, but apparently not uncommon in the trees of Trujillo’s garden in Jalapa, to which it was doubtless attracted by their fruits. A male taken April 18 is evidently renewing its plumage by molt. The tail is but half grown, the wing-coverts and inner secondary are new, new feathers are appearing in numbers throughout the body where the change is nearly completed, but the wing quills, except as noted, are of the old brownish plumage. A second male, taken the same day, is in adult but apparently worn plumage, and shows no signs of molt in progress. 49. Cardinalis cardinalis coccineus (2/dgw.).—A single male was taken west of Jalapa, but the species was not observed near our camp. 50. Guiraca cerulea eurhyncha (Cowes).—Not common. One was heard singing April 1, and the testes of a male taken April 13 measured about .15 inches in length. 1898. | Chapman on Mexican Birds. 29 51. Sporophila morelleti sharpei Zawr.—Flocks of fifteen to thirty were observed on two occasions. 52. Volatinia jacarini splendens (Vée///.)—Four indi- viduals were observed, one of which was taken. 53. Euetheia olivacea pusilla (Szwains.).—A flock, con- taining some thirty individuals, was observed April 15. The testes of two males taken on this date measure .15 inches in length, but the ovaries of two females show no signs of enlarge- ment. 54. Chondestes grammacus strigatus (Swaims.).—A single Lark Finch was seen, but not taken, west of the city of Jalapa. 55. Spizella socialis arizonz (Coues).—Not uncommon in small companies. The three specimens taken are typical of this subspecies. 56. Melospiza lincolni (4Azwd.)—Abundant in the old weeds ~of uncultivated fields and in bushy growths. 57. Aimophila rufescens (Swazns.)—Very common in bushy tracts and in the undergrowth bordering woodland, sug- gesting in choice of haunts as well as in actions the Song Sparrow (AZelospiza fasciata). Its song is uttered frequently and with much energy, but is mechanical and unmelodious. 58. Carpodacus mexicanus (J/7//.).—Observed only in the town of Jalapa, where it apparently was not common. Since leaving Jalapa Sefior Trujillo has forwarded me two young females and an adult male of this bird taken in that city in May. When compared with specimens from the more arid tableland these Jalapa examples prove to be darker and more heavily streaked, and it is not improbable that further material will show them to be worthy of subspecific separation, 3° Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. — [Vol. X, 59. Coccothraustes abeillzi (Zess.)—Not uncommon, a few individuals being seen almost daily. In the ‘ Biologia Cen- trali-Americana’ (Birds, Vol. I, p. 427), this species is described as being “‘ rather sluggish in its movements, frequenting the lower branches of the forest-trees,” but I found it an alert, active bird, which perched in an exposed position on the topmost limbs of the tallest trees, where, after calling its loud, double-noted whistle, it left on an apparently extended flight for some distant haunt. 60. Spinus notatus (Du Bus).—Not uncommon. A female taken April 2 was laying. 61. Spinus psaltria mexicanus (Swams.).— Common in small flocks. Specimens of both sexes taken April 13 are appar- ently in full molt; the old wing-feathers are being replaced by new ones, but the old tail-feathers have not been shed. 62. Icterus melanocephalus (Wag/.). — Apparently not uncommon but irregular in its appearance, and evidently covering a wide range of territory in its daily wanderings. Its song, which is also uttered by the female, is a most singular performance, and always reminded me of a boy with no ear for music who whistles a series of unrelated notes, which he tries to improvise into a kind of rambling tune. 63. Dives dives (Zzcht.).—Seen on several occasions, but only in the parks of the city of Jalapa. Near the railway station at Jalapa I had a brief distant view of flocks of birds which I provisionally identified as Quzscalus ma- crourus and Molothrus. 64. Cyanolyca ornata (Zess.).—These birds occur only in the larger forests where, on April 7, I secured a male and female, the testes of the former being slightly enlarged. 65. Xanthoura luxuosa (Zess.).—Very common in small companies about the borders of woods and in scrubby-growths. They are noisy birds, often reminding one in their notes of Cyonocitta cristata. 1898. | Chapman on Mexican Birds. 31 66. Psilorhinus morio (/Wag/.). Observed and heard call- ing on two occasions, but no specimens were secured. 67. Mionectes oleagineus assimilis (Sc/.).—Two speci- mens were secured of this well-marked race, which may be easily distinguished from Panama and South American examples by its grayish green throat and breast. 68. Myiozetetes texensis (Graud).— Common in pairs about the borders of woodland. They are noisy, excitable birds, and their harsh chattering cries were among the most character- istic bird-notes. Several times, while one of these birds was pursuing its mate at full speed, I heard a whirring sound which was sufficiently loud to be startling in its effect at a distance of one hundred yards. It lasted only two or three seconds, and was apparently produced voluntarily, doubtless by the wings, though the primaries of this species show no unusual modification. 69. Myiodynastes luteiventris Bonap.—Six individuals were observed, of which three were taken. 70. Mitrephanes phzocercus Sc/.— A rather uncommon inhabitant of the woods. 71. Empidonax albigularis Sc/.—A male with enlarged _ testes, taken April 9, was the only one observed. 72. Contopus pertinax Cas.— Five individuals were ob- served, of which three were taken. 73. Contopus borealis (Swains.).\— A male was taken April 13. 74. Myiarchus lawrencei (Giraud).— Very common, and evidently preparing to breed. ’ ‘75. Platypsaris aglaiz Zafr.—Common about the borders of woods. ‘They were mated and nest-building as early as April 3, and were now noisy and active, their harsh, chattering notes, 32 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. X, as they chased one another about the tree-tops, often reminding one of the sudden outbreak of A/yozetetes. Their nest, of which several were seen in course of construc- tion and a completed one, without eggs, secured, is so unlike that described by Messrs. Salvin and Godman as belonging to this species, that I cannot but believe these authors were misled _ by a collector’s error. They write of a nest, evidently resembling that of a Vireo, open at the top and about two inches deep. Whereas that built by Platypsaris at Jalapa, where both the bird (called ‘ Mosquero degollado ’) and its home are well known, is some fifteen inches long and about eight in width, with an entrance at one side near the middle. It is a remarkable structure, composed largely of coarse weed-stalks and grasses, in part covered with fresh green mosses, the walls of the cavity being lined with mud. These nests are attached to the end of a limb of one of the taller trees, and sometimes overhang a public road. (See Plate ITI.) 76. Pachyrhamphus major (Cad.).—Two specimens were taken and several others observed. The note heard was a low, sweet, questioning whistle. 77. Automolus rubiginosus (Sc/.).—A male having much enlarged testes was secured April 3. 78. Sclerurus mexicanus Sc/.— Four specimens were se- cured in dense woodland on or near the ground. Their note is a single high chirp of peculiar quality. 79. Dendrornis flavigastra (Swains.).—Not uncommon in the larger forests, where its loud whistled call was not infre- quently heard. 80. Picolaptes affinis Za/r.—Three specimens were se- cured. 81. Thamnophilus doliatus mexicanus A//en.—Not un- common in tracts of scrubby bushes. Its call is similar to that of the representatives of this species as I have heard them in Yucatan and Trinidad, 1898. | Chapman on Mexican Birds. 33 82. Chlorostilbon canivete (Zess.).— A female taken on April 18. 83. Uranomitra cyanocephala (Zess.)—Common. A nest found April 5 was placed in a small bush about five feet from the ground, and contained two partially incubated eggs. 84. Amazilia beryllina (Zchz.).—A male taken April ro. 85. Sphenoproctus curvipennis (Zzch¢.).— Not uncommon. This bird is locally known as ‘Guiche (a name applied to all Hummers) Cantador del Monte,’ or the Singing Hummer of the Woods, a distinction it well deserves. Upon first hearing this Hummer’s song I supposed it to be uttered by a bird at least nine inches long, although the singer was some 75 feet from me, and the intervening space was thickly grown with bushes. A bird that I often watched regularly frequented certain perches. He was rarely quiet, but constantly turned his head from side to side as though looking for something, while his tail, which was above his drooped wings, was often nervously flitted. Frequently he uttered a long, high, twittering trill, which at intervals of several minutes was followed by his song. ‘This truly remarkable per- formance is difficult of description, but if one can imagine the - sound which would be produced by a violent, automatic jerking of a quart of water in a five-gallon demijohn some idea may be had of this bird’s unique song. It lasted about ten seconds, and seemed to greatly excite the singer, and at its conclusion he quickly and repeatedly protruded his tongue for an inch or more, then, with a shrill twitter and a whirr he darted off in a direct line. He was gone only a few seconds when the twittering note and sometimes the song, uttered on the wing, told of his return to one of two or three perches, when the whole performance, twitter, song and sudden dart, were repeated. So far as my observations went, the much-enlarged shafts of the outer primaries are functionless, as regards the production of any unusual sound. ‘The shrill noise which often accompanied the bird’s flight was undoubtedly vocal. It was frequently pro- duced while the bird was at rest, and when I could distinctly see the movement of its mandibles. [February, 1898.] 3 34 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. {|Vol. X, 86. Trochilus colubris Zinn.—A female taken March 29 is gaining new feathers on the throat and back. 87. Atthis heloisz (Zess.).—A female taken April 12. 88. Cypseloides niger borealis (Kennerly).—A flock of from 50 to 100 of these birds was often observed passing over our camp early in the morning. They flew with great rapidity, and in a few seconds were lost to view. In the evening numbers were sometimes seen circling about at a great height. A species of Chetura was observed in small numbers on several occasions, but no specimens were secured. 89. Antrostomus vociferus (//7/s.).—Three specimens were taken, none of them having the sexual organs enlarged. 90. Nyctidromus albicollis merrilli Senne#t—Not un- common, and heard calling each evening. gt. Chordeiles acutipennis texensis (Zawr.).— Night- hawks were seen in small numbers every evening flying at a great height. The only individual secured was of this form. 92. Melanerpes formicivorus (Szwains.)—Several pairs of these birds were resident in certain tall dead trees at the border of a wood, the only locality in which they were observed. 93. Sphyrapicus varius (Zwn.).—Three specimens were taken, two of which are gaining a few new feathers on the breast or crown. 94. Eleopicus oleaginus (feich.)—Not uncommon. Its call resembles the sharp peek of Dryobates pubescens, but is uttered continuously for several seconds. 95. Trogon puella Gou/d—Not common, and confined to the denser forests. A female taken March 30 was laying, and another taken April 8 had the ovaries much enlarged, indicating a com- paratively early nesting season. The call of this species is a 1898. ] Chapman on Mexican Birds. 35 softly whistled coo, several times repeated, agreeing in character with that of the three species of this genus I have heard in Trinidad. ; 96. Crotophaga sulcirostris Swains.—Several were observed, and one secured. 97. Piaya cayana thermophila (.Sc/.)—Not common. A female taken April 7 had much enlarged ovaries. The call of this bird is evidently uttered by both sexes; it is a loud, nasal vee-a-ho, reminding one in tone of a Peacock’s scream, repeated several times and followed by a hyla-like piping whistle. 98. Cathartes aura (Zcnn.).—A few were observed daily. 99. Catharista atrata (Zarir.)—Less common than C. aura. 100. Elanoides forficatus (Zinn.).—Two were seen March 29. Io1. Buteo latissimus (Wils.)..—'Two specimens were secured. ‘ _ April 5 and 16 flights of Hawks—I was unable to deter- mine the species—were observed passing northward, exceeding in number any migration of these birds I have before seen. Unlike the well-known autumnal flights of Hawks when in strag- gling companies they may be seen for several hours, these birds were closely massed. Nor did they fly directly, but in circles, thousands being massed in whirling flocks, the number of birds being incalculable. They flew at an altitude of about 1000 feet, and although, as I have said, they soared in circles, they nevertheless progressed rapidly, those seen on the 5th being in sight only about 15 minutes, while those observed on the 16th were less than one hour in passing our camp. 102. Polyborus cheriway (/acg.).—Two were seen. 103. Leptotila fulviventris brachyptera (Sa/vad.).— Common, 36 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. (Vol. X, 104. Columbigallina passerina pallescens Aaird.—A male and female, taken respectively April 13 and 15, had the sexual organs much enlarged. 105. Ortalis vetula maccalli (Zacrd).—Occurred locally in small numbers. 106. Rallus virginianus Zivv.—Four specimens were se- cured, two in the small marsh previously mentioned as the home of Cistothorus elegans, and two in a narrow strip of grassy marsh bordering a wood. ‘Two were males with slightly enlarged testes and the basal half of the lower mandible coral-red; two were females with dull yellowish bills and unenlarged ovaries. 107. Crypturus cinnamomeus (Zess.).—One or two of these birds were heard trilling their short, low whistle each morn- ing and evening, but no specimens were secured. II.— BIRDS OBSERVED AT LAS VIGAS. Las Vigas, at an elevation of 8,000 feet, is on the border of the tableland, in the humid alpine zone, some forty miles in a direct line from Jalapa. After becoming partially familiar with the avi- fauna of Jalapa, a brief experience at Las Vigas proved a most impressive lesson in the effects of temperature on the distribution of life. Two hours by rail after leaving Jalapa, with its semi-tropical vegetation, one is surrounded by magnificent pine-forests, which, almost wholly devoid of undergrowth, are apparently of bound- less extent. The Trogons, Toucans, Tinamous, Ant-birds, Tana- gers, Thrushes, Wrens, and other birds common in the region about Jalapa, have been left behind, and in their place one finds Juncos, Crossbills, Brown Creepers, Pine Finches, Evening Gros- beaks, and other species characteristic of the alpine zone. In short, an almost entire change in avifauna occurs. Of 108 resident birds observed at Jalapa and Las Vigas, only three (Cathartes 1898. | Chapman on Mexican Birds. 37 aura, Catharista atrata, and Carpodacus mexicanus) were found in both localities. At Las Vigas we are still within reach of the moisture-laden Gulf clouds. The region is fertile, and humidity plays no part in this remarkable faunal change, which is evidently due to the influence of temperature alone. From the summit of the pine- clad hills one can look down on the dense forests of the temperate zone, distant only a few minutes as the bird flies, but between the two temperature has erected an invisible but potent barrier which few species cross. At Jalapa the average temperature at 7 A. M. during my stay was 64°; at Las Vigas it was about 50°, and each morning we had a white frost. Scarcely less interesting than this difference between the faunz of Jalapa and Las Vigas is the much earlier nesting-season which, contrary to what would be expected, was found to exist at the last-named place. At Jalapa, as has been before remarked, only four species were discovered by dissection to be laying, and no young birds were seen. At Las Vigas the nesting-season was evidently more than half over. Full-fledged young were taken of the following species: Merula migratoria propingua, Sitta _pygmea, Certhia familiaris alticola, Dendroica olivacea, Junco cinereus, Loxia curvtrostra stricklandt, Coccothraustes vespertinus montanus, Antrostomus vociferus macromystax, and Dryobates stricklandt, The following species were found on dissection either to be laying or incubating: Stadia mexicana, Parus meridionalts, Ergaticus ruber, Vireo huttoni stephensi, Empidonax fulvifrons. Fourteen species, or about forty per cent. of the resident birds noted were thus, even by my limited observations, found to be breeding or to have bred. Without a detailed knowledge of the climatic conditions prevailing at Las Vigas during the spring and summer months it would be useless to speculate on the manner in which this unexpectedly early breeding season has become established. I. Turdus ustulatus swainsoni (Caé.).—The single speci- men taken was too mutilated to permit of a satisfactory examina- tion of the sexual organs, 38 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, 2. Turdus aonalaschkz auduboni (Zaird).—Two speci- mens, representing both sexes, were secured. In neither of them were the sexual organs enlarged. 3. Merula migratoria propinqua A&idgw.—Common, and in full song. The breeding season was evidently at its height, and » on April 25 a nest containing two nearly fledged young was found. It was placed on the lower limb of a pine toward the end, and in general construction resembles a typical Robin’s nest. The usual number of young was said by the natives to be three. 4. Sialia mexicana Swans.—Apparently notcommon. Four specimens were taken, three males, having the testes much en- larged, and a female containing an egg ready for deposition. No — songs were heard. 5. Regulus calendula (Zizz.)—Not uncommon. Three females were taken, but in none of them did the ovaries show signs of enlargement. 6. Parus meridionalis Sc/—Common. The call of this Titmouse is a rapid, vigorous, double-noted whistle repeated three times, and not at all like the notes of Parus atricapillus. In its conversational ‘juggling’ notes there is, however, a marked simi- larity to the corresponding notes of that species. A female taken April 20 was laying. 7. Psaltriparus melanotis (Harz/.).—Not uncommon in small companies of three to five individuals. They seemed to prefer low, bushy growths, but were also seen high in the pines. Their note is a metallic twitter. An incomplete nest found April 24 was suspended to the outer branch of a bush. It is composed of plant-down and grasses firmly interwoven, and externally is uniformly covered with bits of lichens. It is pensile, with the opening on one side at the top, and measures eight and one-half inches in length. ‘The entire bottom is lacking, whether through an accident or because the 1808. | Chapman on Mexican Birds. 39 nest is incomplete is not apparent. The structure, however, is evidently of recent make. 8. Sitta carolinensis mexicana WVe/s. & Palm.—Tolerably common, A female differs from five males in having the abdo- men and flanks browner, and also in having the crown wholly black, but not glossy. 9. Sitta pygmza (Vigs.)—Tolerably common. They feed actively on the terminal buds of the pines, and often utter a roll- ing trill, April 25 one was seen feeding fully grown young. Four males differ from Arizona examples in having the crown | somewhat lighter. 1o. Certhia familiaris alticola er7—Four specimens were taken, three adults and one fully grown young of the year. Apparently more than one brood is reared, for a female taken April 23 was collecting nesting material. The song of this Creeper is a rather loud but unmusical sgueak-sguee-e-e-er, evi- dently, therefore, unlike that of Certhia familiaris americana of Maine, as described by Mr. Brewster. 11. Troglodytes aédon Viei//—The two specimens taken agree with two from Jalapa in being clearly referable to aédon rather than to azétecus. 12. Troglodytes brunneicollis Sc/—-A shy and rather uncommon inhabitant of the rocky arroyos. 13. Anthus pensilvanicus (Zath.)—Two were observed April 22, and eight or ten on the 25th. No specimens were secured. 14. Helminthophila rubricapilla (/7/s.).—A male, taken April 23, the only bird of this species observed, is gaining new feathers on the crown. 15. Dendroica auduboni ( Zowzs.).—A female in full plum- age, taken April 23, was the only bird of this species observed, 49 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. X, 16. Dendroica virens (Gme/.).—A fully plumaged male was taken April 24. 17. Dendroica olivacea (Giraud).—An abundant inhabitant of the pines. The only note heard was a loud rapid whistle so like the peto of Parus bicolor that I at first supposed it to be uttered by a Titmouse. Numerous young that had left the nest were seen being fed by the parents; my series of seventeen specimens in- cludes three in first plumage. 18. Seiurus noveboracensis (Gwme/.).—A typical female of this species was taken April 26. 19. Geothlypis macgillivrayi (Aud.)—Two males having unenlarged testes were collected. 20. Ergaticus ruber (.Swazns.)—A pair of these beautiful Warblers was taken April 24. The testes of the male were much enlarged, while the condition of the ovaries, oviduct, and abdo- men in the female showed that she was incubating. 21. Wilsonia pusilla (W7z/s.).—A male was secured April 24. 22. Setophaga miniata (Swains.).—A male was taken April 25. 23. Vireo solitarius plumbeus (Cowes.)—Not uncommon, frequenting the higher branches of the pines. ‘Three males had much enlarged testes, and were in full song, indicating that the species breeds at Las Vigas. 24. Vireo huttoni stephensi Srewst.— Common. Six specimens were secured—five males with enlarged testes and one laying female. The call of this species consists of two unexpec- tedly loud whistled notes, often repeated. 25. Piranga hepatica (Swazus.).— A female with slightly enlarged ovaries was taken April 23. 1898. | Chapman on Mexican Birds. 41 26. Zamelodia melanocephala (.Swazmns.).—A singing male having much enlarged testes was taken April 24. 27. Junco cinereus (Swazns.).—Abundant, especially about the borders of the pines, where it was much on the ground. Young in first plumage were common, and my series includes birds just from the nest, and others fully grown but in spotted plumage. The sharp chirp, twitter, and chew-chew notes of this species resemble those of /. Ayemadis, but the song of seven notes suggests in a measure that of the Song Sparrow. 28. Spizella socialis arizonz (Couwes).—Common in flocks in the cleared fields. Specimens taken give no evidence of breeding. 29. Melospiza lincolni (4Azd.)—Not uncommon along cer- tain agave hedges bordering brooks. 30. Aimophila superciliosa (.Szwains.)—Common in hedge- rows and bushy growths bordering fields, roadsides, and arroyos. It is a bird of much character in pose, and when excited mounts _ to the top of a bush, partly erects its tail and chirps vigorously. The sexual organs in both sexes gave evidence of the near approach of the breeding season. 31. Chamzospiza torquata (Du Bus.).—A male with en- larged testes was shot in a growth of scrubby bushes. 32. Pipilo fuscus (Swazns.)—Not uncommon in hedges of agaves. I heard no song, but the call-note was deceptively like that of the Song Sparrow. The testes of the males taken were much enlarged. 33. Loxia curvirostra stricklandi Ridgw.—Common in small flocks. They show the well-known fondness of this species for salt by frequenting, in numbers, the troughs on the mountain- tops where the goatherds were accustomed to call their flocks. Young in streaked first plumage, from individuals in which the 42 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, mandibles are as yet uncrossed to those in which the bill is fully developed, are included in my series of fifteen specimens. 34. Coccothraustes vespertinus mexicanus Crapm. Coccothraustes vespertinus mexicanus CHAPM. Auk, XIV, 1897, 311. Four specimens were taken, one of which, a young male but a few days from the nest, was being fed by an adult male. 35. Spinus pinus macroptera (Du Bus). ‘‘Carduelis macroptera Du Bus, Esq. Orn. t. 23.” Spinus pinus macroptera CHAPM. Auk, XIV, 1897, p. 311. Common and evidently preparing to breed. Males were ob- served singing on the wing after the manner of Sinus tristis, at which times the wings and tail are fully spread, displaying their yellow markings so effectively as to give the bird the appearance of being largely yellow. 36. Scolecophagus cyanocephalus (Wag/.).— Several flocks were observed, and a pair of birds was secured. 37. Corvus corax sinuatus (Wag/.).—Two or three indi- viduals were observed daily about the town of Las Vigas. 38. Aphelocoma sieberii (W/ag/.)—Two males, one with much enlarged testes, taken April 21, were the only birds of this species observed. 39. Empidonax fulvifrons (Givaud).—Common. A nearly completed nest found April 26 was saddled on the limb of a small pine about fifteen feet from the ground, and was composed of dried lichens. 40. Empidonax fulvipectus Zawr.—Four specimens were secured, of which the sexual organs of two indicated that they were about to breed, 1808. | Chapman on Mexican Birds. 43 41. Contopus borealis (Swazns.).—Four were observed, and a male with unenlarged testes was taken April 26. 42. Contopus pertinax Cas.—Common, and evidently pre- paring to breed. The males perched upon the topmost branches of the pines, and at short intervals gave utterance to their singu- larly musical song. 43. Antrostomus vociferus macromystax Wag/.—Evi- dently not uncommon. Several specimens were taken, and on April 25 two nearly fledged young were found. ‘They were squatting side by side on a little shelf of earth, which served the purpose of a nest, on the grass-grown side of-a deep arroyo. The female parent was perched on the ground about fifty feet away, and at intervals uttered a low, clucking note. 44. Dryobates villosus jardinii (J/a/h.)—Two were seen and one secured. 45. Dryobates stricklandi (J/a//.)—An adult female, ac- companied by a fully-grown young bird of the year, was taken. 46. Colaptes cafer (Gme/.).—Not common. Two males with much enlarged testes were secured. 47. Cathartes aura (Zinn.)—A few were observed daily. 48. Catharista atrata (Zarir.).—One or two were observed daily. Bu.vetTin A. M. N. H. Vou. X, Prats III. NEst OF PLATYPSARIS AGLALZ La/r. About one-fourth natural size. * u * 7 otk ee “ ’ pa cae eee ies i ’ af y As re i ean ney a * as BS S18. Fe y aie i ys es é . Ea pag \ , Article III.—NOTES UPON FISHES RECEIVED AT THE NEW YORK AQUARIUM, WITH DESCRIP- TION OF A NEW SPECIES OF SNAPPER FROM BERMUDA. By TarRLetTon H. BEAN. In a paper upon New York Fishes, published in this Bulletin for 1897, pp. 327-375, the writer gave the name of the Unspotted Mascalonge as Lucius luctus immaculatus instead of Lucius mas- guinongy tmmaculatus ; the Chautauqua Lake species is a true Mascalonge and not a Pike. The present article treats of fishes received since the previous paper’ went to press, and includes some species not belonging to the fauna of New York. Among them is the very beautiful Siik Snapper of Bermuda, which appears to have been erroneously identified heretofore with the Red Snapper of the Gulf of Mexico _(Neomenis blackfordi Goode & Bean) or with the Weomenis bucca- nella C, & V., which is a member of the West Indian fauna. The species is believed to be undescribed and may receive the name : Neomenis hastingsi, new species. This is, apparently, the Silk Snapper of the Bermuda fishermen, and, if we may judge from numerous individuals now living in the Aquarium, it does not much exceed one foot in length. The species is named for General Russell Hastings, of Soncy, Ber- muda, through whose instrumentality the recent biological inves- tigation of the islands by the New York University and the New York Aquarium was undertaken. 1 As in the case of the former paper, a large part of the material here referred to has been presented by the Park Commissioners to the American Museum of Natural History. [45] 46 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, Head, 3; depth, 3; least depth of caudal peduncle 9 in length of type to caudal base; D. X, 14; A. III, 8; V. 1, 5; P. 16; scales, 8 or 9-65-17. Maxillary reaching scarcely past front of eye, 3 in head. Vomerine teeth in an arrow-shaped patch with a backward extension which is fully one-third as long as the eye. Canines in upper jaw very feeble ; two or three posterior teeth of mandible are weak canines. Seven rows of scales on cheeks ; nine rows on gill-covers. Least interorbital width equal to eye, which is 114 in snout and 4 in head. Gill-rakers, 7 + 9; the one in the angle conspicuously longest, 3g inch long, or about one-half length of eye. First dorsal spine 7 in head; fifth and longest spine about three in head; last dorsal spine equal ‘to eye in length. Longest ray of soft dorsal equal to maxilla, or 3 in head. First anal spine 8, the second and third about 4 in head, the second slightly longer than third. The anal base nearly 214 in head ; third and longest anal ray about equal to anal base. The pectoral extends to the vent. The ventral does not reach the vent by a space one-half as long as the eye. Colors in Life.—Ground color vermilion, the upper parts overlaid with coppery brown, lower parts vermilion. Four or five narrow golden stripes below lateral line. Caudal dark brown with a narrow black margin. Anal dusky, the spines and the membranes of last two rays pale. A narrow black blotch at pectoral — base. Ventral pale, somewhat mingled with dusky. Membranes of spinous and soft dorsal uniformly dark. Snout copper color. Eye lemon yellow ; pupil blue black. Many scales, especially on front of body, with a minute brown dot at base. Brownish spots on scales forming many oblique streaks above lateral line. Some living examples show a faint dark lateral blotch much like that of NV. synagris, and similarly placed. In spirits the body is pink with the upper parts brownish; the dusky color remains on the anal and the black blotch at base of pectoral. The black margin of caudal becomes merged with the general dark color of the fin. MEASUREMENTS, Length to tip of caudal...i. 2c scccsceccccecee speeeeenwai 11} in, Length to caudal base... 0.0 060 te ces veces sos eninn 55 phs0 9:0 9% in. Least depth caudal peduncle. ........... ssccccesceeccvces Iz, in. * Depth of DOGY.. 6:6 oii c'eiseibc viucis bs’ 0:0 oslee once vie e OIE Oh ROS 37°5 in. Head 5 3:56 sstewie seo wale Fo pata 5b UP ike OA bee a 3 in, Ey€: .cuiesiny Weceuae wane ues buck ae eases Cart ee 4% in, Smit ws. d:ass a bic aibaigided oats! she SS aja aieioie' ba ein ok ae Gee TR 4 in. Maxilla e's os cieis o's ¥ Wiplels eee aitie a of8: ib in ian 5) ac NBs ke Sle aa rg in Mandible. iaio:s, ic isi. s sso ea tip ealbeeje' sb alle sin ts oo) S sory armen areas 1% in Ventral... .ccetscccsesvecnatevecscie bee) ob bps t0suue eee -. 1% in. Pectotal. «05. 0é4.00:9 hse mse hee we ge eens Vs ens warn 25¢ in Fifth. ** Tee oye 0 ep ealblats siaeteg beae eal airs.” «hanna Oe First dorsal spine. 20 Sige hb ease Vee cacy eeemmaiias § in, ‘ I Tenth ‘ cen 8 oben s Belg wieg Wa whe Alete lee 'o:0 < ¢ vh Seek eels se, ree a le a a ea 1898.| Bean, A New Species of Fish from Bermuda, ete. 47 PERNA: See FAURE SER Ok Og) bis pho oink cid dso ccreuwlitaaemenadecs rl in. MEE GREE ME ao ole oe oid oases 6 eit ae Waa hae Sex qe in. SG SA SSO AES en ere ne Pe ey ene 4% in. Te ts ea at eRe RM aleiwiae aids, Sy iese a(n Std peas Pastacclas % in. RMN MINE EMM e Nie Gh vn sh clci on Cause etaan ee ages ess 13¢ in. WER IO ered ao ain gi 6 a aS dics 6,8 SNS ano win acme mee eS 1;'5 in. I am indebted to Mr. Barton A. Bean, of the U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C., for the following comparative notes on JV. duccanella, from alcoholic examples: In a specimen 12 inches long the depth of body is 34 inches ; head, 34; eye, § ; pectoral, 3345; depth of caudal peduncle, 14. The pectoral extends almost to the anal origin. Scales, 6-53-16. He regards NV. hastingsi as nearer to WV. vivanus, from which, however, it dif- fers in several important particulars. Numerous individuals of this new species were obtained early in July, 1897, at Hamilton, Bermuda, by the Biological Expedi- tion of New York University, and all but the type are still living. Neomenis synagris (Zinneus).—SpotT SNAPPER. This fine species was forwarded from Hamilton, Bermuda, in moderate numbers in July, 1897, by the New York University ‘Expedition, and the example described below died on Nov. q, 1897. B. VII; D. X, 12; A. III, 8; V.1I, 5; scales, 7-48-13. The vomerine teeth are in an arrow-shaped patch, with a very short and narrow backward extension. The second anal spine is shorter than the third, 34 inch long. Third anal spine, % inch. The first dorsal spine, 3g inch ; fourth, 11g inches; fifth soft dorsal ray, 134 inches. The following are some additional measurements : errr ea hala ye we gsi Ko Viewine chee ee aUaae Gesee FE im, BR II iia 5 Fa ai od CH H.0 bd nile sis 'c ses weasels ees ae SR ROMA Sc sv ca tbo dd iva sceesa dee cw Oise caheate 3)4 in. Least- depth of caudal peduncle si) iii ie ee cee ees baile 11 EE SS Cues Vanes ees as we ca sacha eee's or rl in. EERE UE rag A esi ek gis ELE baie Sole io Wea) ales ki apeld web ad's beg och ze in. PRR EIEMIE DOE. JAWS delete = seca ua7is iS ale vs vib e's oPaeae a viele rg in. MAGE TUMSIUR Jains ued okave twtr dwieepcececsingeeseus Ey it, BURGE OF MANGIDIOS 0's 6555 ssi s 0-66 dee eo eae bie e ss eesiee. 13 in, 48 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. X, A black spot just above lateral line under beginning of soft dorsal, % inch long. About 7 horizontal yellow stripes between lateral line and ventral mar- gin. Several broken yellow stripes above lateral line. All these stripes con- tinued more or less upon the head, three of them across the cheeks. A narrow vermilion margin to caudal fin. Entire dorsal with two stripes of yellow, the upper one at the margin of the membrane, the lower one not far above the base of the fin. A narrow black line at the tip of the membrane between first four or five rays of the soft dorsal. Ventrals and anal chiefly yellow. Maxilla with a streak of yellow along upper part. Two narrow yellow streaks on snout in front of eye. Coregonus labradoricus Richardson —LABRaDOR WHITE- FISH, Late in December, 1897, Mr. H. J. Beemer, of Montreal, Canada, sent to the Aquarium two Winninish and a Whitefish from Lake St. John in charge of Mr. R. E. Follett. The Winni- nish are still living, but the Whitefish died from injuries received in transportation. As this is thetypical form of Labrador White- fish, and has a different appearance from the species as found in the Adirondack lakes, it is well to give some additional notes. The single example is 16 inches long ; it is a female with minute eggs. The lingual teeth are very evident to the touch. The fish resem- bles the Tullibee in shape. D.11; A. 10; scales, 12-79-10; gill- rakers, 10 + 16. MEASUREMENTS. Length, including caudal... ii... .)... 13g in. PRICE CEC VOREIALS canine arduis tev diss in Mies coe ib SpE Sip ee Ey ane SOS RENE Sy a 2 RP a a eS en ee ¥i:in, Length of middle caudal rays from end of scales............ 3 in. Length of external caudal rays from end of scales..:....... eae [March, 1898.] 4 50 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X.] Color of body pale, with a pink tinge; sides with 5 or 6 irregular scarlet blotches in life, sometimes fading out almost entirely. About 5 longitudinal golden stripes on body. A dark red stripe half as wide as the eye is long, extending from head to tail a little above the median line. Eye scarlet. Spi- nous dorsal with a scarlet band near the tip and two golden bands lower down, the lowermost at the base of the fin. The spaces between the bands pearl color. Tip of spinous dorsal also pearl color. Four or five narrow red bands on the second dorsal, the spaces between them pearl. All the other fins are chiefly scarlet. In spirits the body fades out to a uniform purplish brown, with traces of scarlet on the giil-covers ; the eye at this date, Jan. 20, 1898, is scarlet. Article IV.—A COMPLETE SKELETON OF TELEO- CERAS FOSSIGER. NOTES UPON THE GROWTH AND SEXUAL CHARACTERS OF THIS SPECIES. By Henry FAIRFIELD OSBORN. PLATES IV AND IVA. The remarkable series of Rhinoceros skulls in the Cope and American Museum Collections from the Upper Miocene or Loup Fork Beds of Kansas and Nebraska, has finally been prepared for exhibition and research purposes. Associated with them, and of very great value, is a complete skeleton representing an aged female of very large size, mounted from materials belonging to several individuals secured by our excavations in Phillips Co., Kansas, under the direction of Dr. Wortman in the months of September, October and November, 1894. By the comparison of the 16 skulls and 13 jaws, representing both sexes and all stages of growth, we are enabled for the first time to positively define the animal long known as Aphelops fossiger, to distinguish it both from RAinoceros and Aceratherium, and point out its important sexual and individual variations. The writer’s attention was first drawn to the largely disregarded sexual and age characters of fossil Ungulates in studying the group of Titanotheres ;' the extinct Rhinoceroses conform to the laws which were observed in that group, and which are familiar enough among living types, namely: males, of larger size with more robust and rugose skulls; horns, if present, more prominent ; canines largely developed; incisors and anterior premolars dis- appearing in adults. We owe to Hatcher’ the valuable demonstration that Aphelops fossiger bore a terminal horn upon the nasals, although he as- signed this character to a type which he supposed represented a new species, namely, Zeleoceras major, Watcher’s type of 7. 1 *The Cranial Evolution of Titanotherium,’ Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., July 1, 1896, PP- 157-197- 2 American Geologist, March, 1894, pp. 149-150. [51] 52 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, major proves to bea middle-aged male of A. fossiger, and his distinction of Zeleoceras as a genus supersedes Aphelops Cope,’ because Cope’ originally applied the term Aphelops to A. megalodus, defining it as an Acerathere with only three premolar teeth in the lower jaw. This is true of the type species (A. megalodus), but this species should, so far as we know at present, be referred to the genus Aceratherium, in which the lower premolars vary from four to three in number according to age and individual variation, as in the living Rhinoceros. Technically, however, Hatcher’s definition did not clearly dis- tinguish Zeleoceras from Rhinoceros, as he himself stated (of. cét., page 245). Our abundant material proves not only that Ze/eoceras is a Rhinoceros with a median horn on the tips of the nasals, but that it is fully distinguished from the genus RAznxoceros as follows : Horns. Lower Premolars. Digits. Genus Rhinoceros. .Upon anterior portion of nasals. .4 in young, 3 in aged individuals. .:c..5iRaz 3-3 Genus 7e/eoceras...Upon tips of nasals........... 3 in young, 2 in aged individuals. .......3-3 The reduction of the lower grinders to 5 in 7. fossiger (as com- pared with 6 in Rhinoceros) is a very important and distinctive character, as it absolutely excludes Zeleoceras fossiger from the ancestry of any of the modern Rhinoceroses, and shows it to have represented a distinct side phylum, as Scott and Osborn had already determined from its skeletal characters. EXCAVATION OF THE SKELETON. The Phillips County Quarry,* near Long Island, Kansas, was discovered in 1883 by Mr. Charles Sternberg, who collected for the University of Kansas and for the Harvard University Museum. From the latter collection Scott and Osborn procured materials 1 American Naturalist, March, 1894, pp. 241-246. 2 On Some New Extinct Mammalia from the Tertiary of the Plains.’ Palzon, Bull. No. 14, Proc. Am. Phil. Society, July 25, 1873. 3 See Williston, ‘ Restoration of Aceratherium fossiger Cope,’ Kansas University Quarterly, Vol. II, No. 4, April, 1894, pp. 289-290. a eg ily lll ola Re rT aS Ss wT ee 1 898. ] Osborn, Skeleton of Teleoceras fossiger. 53 for the restoratiof which they published in 1890.' Subsequent collections were made by Sternberg and Hatcher for the United States Geological Survey, between 1884 and 1886. Later Professor Cragin collected here, and in 1891 Mr. E. P. West of the Univer- sity of Kansas, aided by Mr. T. R. Overton, began the extensive collections which led to the preparation of the skeleton for the University under the direction of Professor Williston.* This skele- ton, as mounted in the Kansas Museum and described by Williston, gives a much more accurate idea of this animal than the pre- vious restoration by Scott and Osborn, in which the chest is represented far too shallow. Its principal dimensions are as follows: Length, not including tail, 9 ft.; height, 4 ft.; greatest girth, 9 ft., 4 in. The measurements of the American Museum skeleton as mounted are: Length, ro ft. 2 in. to bend of tail; height at withers, 4 ft. 1 in.; greatest girth, 9g ft. 2 in. From the above accounts, and especially from our own observa- tions, it is seen that this quarry represents an old bone-bed, probably the deposit of some stream or small river along which the rhinoce- roses herded in great numbers. The materials collected by the American Museum party are extremely numerous, especially in the skeletal parts, the figures running somewhat as follows : Skulls, “43 scapule, 7; vertebra, 159; humeri, 13; radii, 20; ulna, 10; carpals, 90; metacarpals, 38; pelves, 5; femora, 8; tibiz, 20; astragali, 22; calcanea, 18. In this typical bone-bed are mingled individuals of both sexes and of all sizes, and the proximity of one specimen to another is not a certain guide. There are certain spots, however, where considerable portions of individual skeletons have drifted to- gether. We associate the skull and pelvis in our mounted speci- men, for they are of similar age and were found within about six feet of each other, the skull being that of a fully adult female, and the pelvis indicating a corresponding age, because the ilia are united above the sacrum; with the pelvis moreover was found a part of the jaw belonging to the skull; also with this pelvis _ 1 ‘Preliminary Account of the Fossil Mammals from the White River Formation contained in the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy.’ Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodél., Vol. XIII, No. 5, p. 92, 1890. 209. cit. 54 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. (Vol. X, belong a femur, tibia and fibula, astragalus, calcAneum and cuboid _ of one side, several metacarpals and metatarsals and two cervical vertebra. The selection of the other limb and foot-bones was made from these as a guide. Similarly about 300 feet distant were found the principal ribs which have been selected for this mount, characterized by the very rugose appearance and oblique lines for the insertion of the abdominal muscles (sacro-lumbalis, longissimus dorsi). Near these ribs were large jaw and limb-bones corresponding in size with those placed in the mounted skeleton. Apart from these proba- ble associations, the main principle of selection adopted through- out has been that of the age and size standard, after a careful comparison of all the elements. In each region the largest and oldest bones were chosen. Upon this principle the ribs are shown to be of very great length; the chest girth exceeds that indi- cated in the Scott-Osborn restoration, and equals that in the mount in the Kansas Museum, which has heretofore appeared extreme. In additional support of this correlation of material belonging to different individuals, this bone-bed gives evidence of the existence of only one species of Rhinoceros, namely, T. fossiger. All the differences observed are due to growth, individual and sexual variations, as set forth below. The following description is supplementary to the very full statements of the skeletal characters of 7. fossiger made by Osborn in 18go. DESCRIPTION OF MOUNTED SKELETON. (Museum Catalogue Number, 2604.) Mounting.—The composite skeleton shown in the accompany- ing plate (Plate IV) has been mounted with remarkable skill by Mr. Adam Hermann, preparator. All the bones are traversed by small steel rods, rendering them firm and solid and the limbs self- supporting. As shown in the photograph, the only visible parts of the metal framework are the two uprights for the shoulder and skull, and pelvis. ‘The bones are in a beautiful state of preserva- 1898. | Osborn, Skeleton of Teleoceras fossiger. 55 tion, and except in the case of the artificial elongation of a few of the ribs and completion of the upper border of the scapulz (from complete scapulz of smaller size) no plaster was necessary. Skull—Nasals smooth, expanding into a laterally-compressed beak anteriorly, probably characteristic of adult females, with sharp sides and a lateral notch. Temperal ridges forming a sessile sagittal crest ; premaxillaries with triple infraorbital fora- mina ; lachrymals with well-defined, knoblike projection ; zygo- mata very deep, with extensive attachment for masseter muscle inserted on a well-defined ridge on angle of jaw. Occiput broad and low. Jaw with a single mental foramen below the second or third premolar, and a marked median depression between the canines upon front surface of the chin. Dentition. — Formula: 1%, C$, P$, M%. Lower and median upper incisors vestigial ; lower canines worn, enamel measuring 40 mm. (1% inches). Adult condition indicated by very slight wear of crown of third superior molar. Upon outer surfaces of upper grinders parastyle nearly obsolete. First upper molar with enamel crown of same length as that of premolars. Second upper molar with sudden elongation or hypsodontism, with enamel crown measuring 7omm. Thus m3 and m% elongate or hyp- sodont, and of great service as reserve teeth for old age. Molars with secondary folds characteristic of the species. Vertebre.—Atlas much narrower than in A&. indicus, with verte- braterial canal directly traversing the transverse process ; axis with a very low spine; cervicals 1-3, with transverse process restored ; characters of inferior lamelle somewhat conjectural. Supposed Vertebral Formula: C.7, D.19, L.3, 5.5. The above formula is purely conjectural. It is made to con- form to that of the living 2. unicornis and R. sumatrensis.' Sev- enteen of the ribs are provided with both capitular and tubercular facets. The ribs are extremely long and powerful, not very widely arched ; lower line of chest nearly reaching the ground, as in 1 The definitely ascertained formula of the Oligocene A. tridactylum is D, 19; L, 5; S, 3- This animal gives us no clue to A. fossiger, because it belongs to the Dicerathere series. 56 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. (|Vol. X, the Hippopotamus ; girth (9’ 2’’) exceeding that of R. unicornis (8’ 9’’) ; chest section deep and heavy, rather than rounded as in R. unicornis. Scapula very characteristic, triangular in contour, with pointed upper border ; narrow supraspinatus and very broad, triangular infraspinatus fossa ; acromion placed midway on spine, reflected backwards, so that attachment of deltoid and trapezius muscles is elevated. Coracoid process forming a prominent rugosity for short head of biceps ; bicipital tendons passing through a double osseous groove upon front of humerus (as in 2. unicornis, R. bt- cornis and R. simus)’* and inserted distally in a prominent rugosity upon front of radius. Humerus exhibiting prominent rugosity for subscapularis muscle interior to inner tendon of biceps ; greater tuberosity consisting of a large incurved hook for supra- spinatus muscle, and a separate and distinct knob for infraspinatus muscle ; powerful deltoid ridge, everted but not hooked ; distally a large external condyle for extensor muscles, which exhibit rugose insertion areas in the proximal ends of metapodials. Pelvis with ilia arching over and coalescing above.the five sacral vertebral spines, affording a stout area of origin for /adssimus dorsi, erector spine and gluteus maximus muscles, correlated with support and propulsion of the enormous abdomen; a foramen piercing the posterior superior border of the illum. Femur with rugose but not very prominent greater trochanter; lesser trochan- ter for insertion of gluteus maximus muscle, much less promi- nent than in #. uwxicornis, and not hooked ; third trochanter not prominent. Pubis and ischium more slender than in &. unicornis. Tibia with a characteristic fissure in the cnemial crest dividing it into two distinct tuberosities for patellar tendons (unlike single crest of R. unicornis and A. malacorhinus). Fibula fused with tibia in aged individuals. ! Busk‘ On the Ancient or Quaternary Fauna of Gibraltar,’ Trans. Zoél. Soc., 1877, p. 97. 2 De Blainville, ‘ Ostéographie,’ Atlas 3, Gen. Rhinoceros, PI. iv. 1898. | Osborn, Skeleton of Teleoceras fossiger. | 57 COMPARATIVE MEASUREMENTS. Teleoceras Rhinocerus JSossiger. indicus. Feet. | Meters.| Feet. | Meters. aw otal: length ‘to bend of. tail. oii... 6 ose ase 10. 2 | 3.10 | 10.8 3.05 Height, GRE een et ols Santee icv” o's pea se 4. I | 1.23 Ppa lee AACR: 5 dis ee teg EN id Gini wid “aad wasn eels 3.114| 1.21 5.64 | 1.69 Breadth, across pelvis ESE Vv By ALes HRDLICKA. The bones in question present on one side transverse markings running parallel to each other. They have generally been pro- duced by filing, although the idea that in some cases they were also cut cannot be discarded. It is impossible to find any uni- formity in the arrangement of these markings, which vary not only in character and in number, but also in depth and location. Another peculiarity that at once presents itself to the eye is that in six cases the largest end of the bones has been perfo- rated, so as to make a communication with the medullary canal. In several instances the shaft has been broken or the epiphysis cut off,no doubt also in order to reach the medullary canal. There is one case in which an ornamental design immediately adjoins the transverse lines; this design consists of transverse zigzag mark- ings between two parallel lines. (See Plate VIII.) The following is a detailed description of these bones : (72 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [ Vol. X, A.—ENTIRE BONES. [The fractional numbers refer to the Museum numbers of the specimens. ] t HuMERUS (x3%5). Adult bone, left (Fig. 4). Flattened considerably from side to side, the edge pointing towards front. communicates, by means of a large opening, with the canal of the bone. Olecranon fossa Length jjcctensonceerente mame hime wets 30.7 cm. Circumference in middle! Diam. antero-post. Diam. lateral Fig. 4. Section of Middle. oe ee Markings occupy the middle two-fifths of the bone; they are 13 in number, and from one to two millimetres deep, irregularly arranged. No rubbing over the markings apparent on the bone. 3 Tip. Length: sac ap Circumf, at middle! Diam. ant.-post. at middle. ** later. x Situation of markings. GRR EI oft, (LEFT). 32.9 (styloid want.) 6.3 3.1 1.8 Platycnzemic. Middle third of bone occupied by markings, which are 13 in number, regularly arranged at about g mm, one from the _ other, deep about 1.5 mm. No use of the bone apparent. Internal surface. =ify (RIGHT). 1.9 Platycnzemic. About the mid- dle third; 23 mark- ings, regular; separation, av'ge 5mm.; depth ab’t 2 mm.; bone some- what smoother on the side of mark- ings. Internal surface. Knee surface per- forated, communi- cates with shaft. 3-5 225 Platycnzemic. About middle fifth ; 7 markings, irregular; separa- tion, 11-2I mm. ; depth ab’t 1 mm. ; no use apparent. Internal surface. 1 The exact middle of the bone is taken. ee ee ee eed ee ee ree ee ee Se ee eee ee > ee ee i a a ee a 73 Lumholtz and Hrdlitka, Marked Human Bones. 1898. | ‘QUO 9YI Jo SedRjINs JoYyI0 dy Jo Iadse YIOOUIS YIM popudze ATTensn puL “yYBI]s Inq SI ‘sINd90 41 ABADIOYA\ ‘sadvJANS OY} Jo BuryIOOUIS OY], 7 *g0ejins ‘goeji ns aoejy.ins ‘20Bjins * 908jins ‘908 J.1nS ‘g0RjIns ‘g0BJ1ns JOLIOUT JOLIO}UT JOWsyUy |} ~—- JOLINJUT IOLIOJUT JOLMAUT |. s10110}SsOg Jowoyuy [ott ttt sBupzpieul jo ag ‘aagsojid ua ‘aaqsuyig ua aovpins ‘yxq jsovjans “3xq] 08) “yyeys -ul d0¥sins “jue/9q7 JO MOT[OY JIMOT ‘poaour 947 YIM sojyeo “01 useq dAvYy|-TUNWUOD pue ‘yoryy auog se ae de sts|payerojiod a0vj I -Aydide sowy j-ins *j28 d0uy|.. 6... ay m4 ; : ‘ sea hit Pay OF ‘ ¢ oruraeudAqel (é) (é) (2) awog sok ‘yony | ‘sak ‘ows | ‘sak ‘awog SoA : sguoq Jo santternosg *‘poyjoours ‘poyjooms | *payjoours — (2) d0RjANG _ dOBJANG d0eJANS — _ verreeeseoe ses quasedds ose I s° S: Ss z z z sF S*1 reese ynoqe (‘wut ur) ydaq — — _ $:6-S II-9 a o1-9 ‘(‘u1u) ‘das jsoyv013 pue jsva’T b 9 L 6 -s — 8 -- **(-oau ul) uo1jeiedas a8vi0ay "SOK "SOA "SOA "SOA ‘SOA *2UI0S ‘SOK “9UIOS heey Sees ee RTS ey b1 Li 6 6 LI gI v1 v1 seeeeees s+ Burureulod Joaquin ( @ (@) (a) () (@) br PI tree ste ees uaquumu a[oy AA pas ne Se ina pa bs pays ‘py | ‘pays ‘pry [ott ttt hdnooo syre yy “pargy “Uy “PAD | Pa Pie) Psray. "pra soddn yy (2) soddn mojag seddn mojag) puv 4st ‘jog |pue'ddn “jog -- _ vo cere + oe, eG See (é) vz (2) 6°1 1°? 6°r Sb°z ZS rey eked ayy yeiaqey (2) 6% () ae 3 S-¢ SS-z 1'€ we tees sod “que ‘werd (2) 9°8 (é) €'L 0 6 Cz g°6 z'8 ‘++ Q[ppiu jnoqe ye ‘ywMoIID oe °oe* *e* ie “oe is 248 “ee ‘WII T, 8 jnoqe ‘yidap ‘yuoredde auoq jo osn ON “WU @ 2°ON ‘aepngos ysod dy UO ‘AAOGe WOIy PAIYI pe pu’ 4st udsdMjaq UIdOg (2) ‘snotaoid uevy3 punos os10ul yeYys t sovjans ‘2Aoqe yuaied ,yioours suog op ‘uu z ynoqe $ Ie] -ndoaii1 ‘raquinu ur ud} ! dAOqe Wor DOBjINS "xO ‘ysod ay3 JO Yano} pz aya ynoqe Adnooo sBuryrey *eSSOJ “UBIOITO YIM AITAVI-IjJeYs JO UOT}BOTUNUIUIOD ‘re[nSuv oyinb st yeys oy J, -de osn ou ‘sduryavur ee hsp I9A0 ++ "SyBvUTdy gI ZS‘l Sra SCs iris Sie Re ALS S27 tT ir 1s 1'z o- Cee cveserdense*e = *a60d Jue IOIOUIBIC, ‘yuasoid auoq (1eddn) jyey AJUQ z°9 €'9 trees estes ss Qrpprul jnoge Je sUdJayWINIIID ai ee ‘TNaAWAR z ‘SSHNOd Logaead Wi I a a i as lr 2, 4 3 os ted 74 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. occa sarge = |} “(Zs stsfydido "(qs10e3) BS ae ‘yeux ip ge Shed quoureusio | 4daoxo -10u su0g bg re apaesq| sfur |*q13u919s “reno | ou $(g*ze) 18.1099) posuvire winipow jou "aagsngig | sisfydetp ueiedde, syreur ie $ radeap “ug Bu0'T ‘siskud | S342 $ sayApuoo 7 pier ‘ orureuo SISAYG | "jo a8pa | usamjaq | ~“NSueL | “suoNs |, 4 area Aped | : (¢) f () ; (2) j -Ayelg -1do ON JOMOT [WONLIOJI9G JeYS auog | (+) aut0g yeys |++***sauoq jo sarsernoeg SOBHINS |"S9BJAINS |*9OBJANS |"99VJAMS |*aowJNS |-govjJiNS | *O"JINS -aovyins |‘ooeJINS | -govjmms |‘voeJINS | fis TOMY) LOMO UV) JOHAVV) JOWe}UV) JOLMeIUY) JoWeUY JOMaUY) roLeyuy) Jo1eUY| 101ajUW) JOLIEIUY -- ** *sBuryseul Jo ayIS ‘90ej INS \ pats te ‘paTaaaq | uo Ayasod Yo peqqna | “payaasq -ind sno ‘asnyqo } Apysts sjno jo jo so3po | | SSurqzeu sdij pue sa3po *yj00uIs 2° si9pi0q “y1O0UIS | *yjoouls ‘yjoouIs au0qg *poyjzoours 43 _ auog souog — — 2TOUAA =I _ aoRjang (i) |sepis TW i**** stress +s quazedde asc S*€-1 S'r | S°$-S"r $°z a o's o'r S*z% z-I | $*z-S'o Sz |**** ynoqe ‘(‘wur ut) yideq Z1-S 6-S°€ | €1-9 L-S°z _— Z1-S'P aI-£ bi-F S1-p S‘g9-b | €1-L | ,, ,, Sa}eo1s pue yseayyT a - —_ _ v _ — — —- —=— — (" ure) uoneredas oSe10ay ‘ON *aUI0S ‘ON aul0g ‘SOA *QUI0S ‘sox ‘ON ‘ON | ‘ON ‘ON eaeies s+ + Aqrrepn sey II PI aI gz o£ SI ae ZI Iz 0% II ‘tress sutures Joaquin jy (é) (2) (¢) 9% gf () ag a1 (¢) () (yj -tt ttt ss srequinu ayoy My “SYYyY-s | “paryy “syayy-£ (2) (é) (2) |-moryarepe| PIPPIN | (¢) | PIPPHN | (é) () (2) Uy Te banda ‘++ kdnos0 sxe] “yqanoj “paryy “Giinos ‘pAtqa =| “Yynoj “pany “platy (2) |4oddn pz samo] pz — — __ }49MOT PZ — _jaeddn pz jsoddn pz soddn pz jasddn pz)-++*:+*-*+ +> urgeq syaep (é) (2) (2) () (2) (2) (2) 2821 eat | Sex QI strstr t's yoau jo asay Sz°€ (¢) bz o% Sb'z Sz $g°z so'z a Seg ee ar ee Cae “1 <., vz (é) SL‘z 6% 6° 6°z ore 9°% S6'z Q°z S62 [°° ,, ‘ysod ‘que ‘weg eS (2) Z'g o'g bg 8°8 g°8 LL 0'6 L°g €°g |" * ayppru ere ye ‘yundIIg *(LAaT) *(1aa71) (Laat) | | (L481) besa as Lips eae EIS BEE ais rads 8a18 LOT Sgye | teye Tate ‘SUQNWAY IT 1898. | Lumholtz and Hrdlicka, Marked Human Bones. 75 I FRAGMENT OF FIBULA. (=#$,). Fibula of a young subject, about the lower third ; ten markings left; distances 3-10 mm.; depth about 1.5 mm. No use apparent. In regard to the significance of the markings on the bones, there is nothing about the notches which would lead directly to any definite conclusion; nevertheless there are certain characters in common which may aid considerably in the solution of the mys- tery. In the first place the markings are not accidental; they have been made artificially, after a certain basal design, or habit, and with care, at the expense, no doubt, of much patience; and all this implies that they had their serious purpose. The markings were not made by one individual, nor by oneand © the same instrument; their execution and characters show great variety ; it almost seems as if each bone had had its own worker —which facts signify that the phenomenon concerned directly many individuals, and that renders the markings an event of social nature. The bones used were all human, and this fact indicates that whatever the object of the markings may have been, it bore a close relation to human beings themselves. The longest bones of the body were chosen, and the thick bones of the lower extremity had a further preference; these facts would show that the size and hence the durability, and the length and hence the space available, were factors in the selection of the bones. The nice surfaces for marking, and the ease of handling, may have been two more of such factors. Outside of all these, there is no reason to believe that to any particular one of the human bones used was attributed any specific importance. _ The numerous artificially made communications with the me- dullary canal of the bones, all made without any further signs of injury to the bone, indicate that such communications of the me- dullary canal with the outside had their importance. Attempts to cleanse the inside of the bones would account for such openings, and this would in turn signify that the bones selected for this par- ticular use were still fresh (fallen enemies? dead relatives?). Can- 76 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, nibalism is never mentioned as having existed in Michoacan, The marrow may have been utilized for some special purpose. The situation of the grooves on the bones gives no clew as to the meaning of these. In most cases the markings occupied the middle third of the bone, but in a few others the grooves extended considerably nearer to the epiphyses; and the only thing that may be inferred from the situation, and also from the arrange- ment of the markings, is that a certain amount of imitation en- tered as an element into their production. The number of grooves on the different bones are entirely irreg- ular, and range from seven to thirty-six, only two or three of the bones bearing the same number. This shows that numbers played no specific vé/e in the production of the grooves. (The numbers are not divisible by any common numeral.) The arrangement of the grooves is similar on most of the bones, as has been already remarked, but the interval between the grooves varies on the different bones; it varies occasionally even on the same bone ; and the same is true of the depth of the markings. An attempt at decoration appears in only a single case, and in this case the simplicity of what appears to be a decoration sug- gests that those marks might have served some much more practi- cal, probably a hieroglyphic, purpose. As to the identity of the bones, this cannot be authentically de- termined, on account of the fragmentary condition of the majority of the marked bones, and because we are in possession of but few other known bones of ancient Tarascan people. The thickness and size of most of the marked specimens would point out that they were masculine bones, yet some may have been feminine members. ‘The question of identity of the bones being very im- portant, I append here a few measurements for comparison: FEMURS. Circumference at Middle, Diameter (ant. post.) Aver. ix. Min. : Aver. Max. Min. mm, mm. mm, mm. mm, mm. Tarascan (ais seas 84.5 86 83 29.2 33.0 27.0 Marked (11 frag’ts)..| 83.4 88 75 27.9 30.0 24.0 a 1808. | Lumholtz and Hrdlitka, Marked Human Bones. 77 Fremurs.—Continued. Diameter (later.) at the Angle of the Neck with Middle. the Shaft. Aver. Max. Min. Aver. Max. Min. mm. mm. mm. Tarascan (4)... . 5... 23.8 25.5 22 125.3° 128° T2323: Marked (11 frag’ts)..| 23.4 | 27.0 20 125.5° 128° 123° TIBIA. ici’ ae ania. bajasnigs <7 post at Diameter recog ) at the Aver, | Max. | Min. Aver. | Max. Min. Aver | Max. | Min. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm, mm. mm, mm, mm, Tarasc. (1), smwh’t def.| 95.0 | — — 33.5 — a 25.0) — —_ Marked (g).| 81.9 | 98 63 30.4 | 35.0 | 25.5 || 20.8 | 24.5 | 18.0 The Tarascan bones, it will be noticed from the preceding, appear somewhat stronger; but the number is not large enough for definite conclusions. Finally, we have to take notice of the fact that the marked _ bones were found promiscuously buried with the Tarascans, which may mean that each of the bones had its owner, with whom it was buried. The above seem to be all the facts of importance we possess about the marked bones. No such custom of marking bones ex- ists among the Tarasco people to-day. Are any inductions possi- ble on the basis of such a knowledge? In our endeavor to arrive at the proper explanation of the marked bones, naturally the first thing which it would be impor- tant to consider would be the nature of the burial-place where the notched bones were found. (Description in the first part of the paper.) In looking through the literature for a description of the funeral rites of the Tarasco, I find that Bancroft, in his ‘ Native Races of the Pacific States (II, pp. 619 e¢ seg.), gives a good résumé of such descriptions from several old and reliable writers.’ 1 Gomara, Conq. Mex., fol. 310, 311, 312; Torquemada, Monargq. Ind., tome II, 54s et seq.; Beaumont, Crén. Michoacan, MS., pp. 55, e# seg.; Brasseur, de Bourbourg, Hist. Nat. Civ. rs ILI, pp. 82, e¢ seg.; Payne, in Soc. Mex. Geog., oletin, 2d a Epoca, I, PP. 717, ef seg. 7 8 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, Mr. Bancroft says that in Michoacan the funeral rites were of\a very exact character, especially when a high personage was con- cerned. When a king died and his body was ready for the burial rites, the new king proceeded to select those among the servitors who, according to the inviolable law of the country, were doomed to follow the dead prince. Seven of these were noble women, to whom various duties were assigned. Among the male victims, who seem to have been slaves for the most part, every trade and profession was represented, and also clowns, and some of the phy- sicians who had failed to save the life of the monarch. At mid- night the litter was carried on the shoulders of the chief men to the temple, followed by vassals, warriors and courtiers, and while the flames of the pyre shot up, and the funeral chants fell from the lips of the mourners, the victims were stupefied with drinks and clubbed; the bodies were thrown into holes behind the temple, by threes or fours, together with the ornaments and other belong- ings of the deceased. The ashes and valuables were gathered from the smoking pyre, and made into a figure, which was dressed in royal habiliments, with a mask for its face, a golden shield on its back, bows and arrows by its side; this was set upon a throne facing the east, the whole being placed in a large urn, which was deposited upon a bed of golden shields and silver articles in a grave with stone walls, lined with mats, about twelve feet square, and equally deep, situated at the foot of the temple. The urn was covered with a number of valuable mantles, and around it were placed various implements, food, drink, and boxes filled with feather-work and ornaments; the grave was finally bridged with varnished beams and boards, and covered with a coating of earth and clay. “The obsequies of the people bore a general resemblance to the above, the ceremonies being regulated by the rank and means of the deceased. The graves were usually situated in the fields or on the slope of a hill.” It seems to me this description throws some light on the ques- tion of the burial-place of El Palacio, Zacapu. The body in the urn may not have been that of a Tarasco king; it may have been simply that of a great statesman, shaman, or soldier. We have almost everything in this case to support the conception of this 1898.] Lumholtz and Hrdlitka, Marked Human Bones. 79 having been a burial of some Tarasco noble—we have the hap- hazard buried bodies, a thing most uncommon otherwise with the Indians ; the small number of women, most of whom were young adults ; the nature of the burying-ground, and the urn. Of the large number of male bodies found in the grave, a certain number were presumably slaves. ‘These were, almost beyond a doubt, the individuals with the flattened skulls. The~significance of the large number of other people, apparently Tarasco themselves, is uncertain. They may represent the victims of more burials than one, or may include soldiers fallen in battle. So much for the burial-place. Granted that we have learned its real nature, the information obtained as to the marked bones remains still only that of a collateral order. On the basis of all the preceding facts the following theories are proffered : The bones were trophies from fallen enemies, and the grooves signified the number slain by the owner of the bone. The men- tion of a similar custom with ‘Chichimecs’ by Herbert Spencer (‘Sociologie,’ 1896, 11, 38), and Bancroft (‘ American Races,’ I, 629) seems to support the theory. Or the grooves may have served the ré/e of simple records of age, of great feasts, or of other events. The recording on bones of various occurrences is not an uncommon phenomenon with the Indians, though, so far as I can find, only animal bones were used for such a purpose. Or, finally, the bones may have served some as yet undeter- mined religious or ceremonial purpose. In conclusion, then, the authors present here, as a contribution to the ethnology of the ancient people of Mexico, the unique phe- nomenon of marking human bones. They also give their individ- ual opinions in regard to the significance of that custom. In this, however, they agree: that there is one characteristic which pre- vails throughout the marking, namely, the similarity of execution of the grooves. This shows that the whole proceeding must have been conducted on a certain method, which again demonstrates that their significance was of a uniform character. E V. AT VoL. X, Pu Bucvetin A. M, N. H. TARASCO BURIAL-JAR. ButietTin A. M. N. H. VoL. X, PrLate VI. is MARKED HUMERI AND FIBULA. Butvtetin A. M. N. H. Vor. X, Prate VII. MARKED TIBIA. Vo. X, Pirate VIII. ButieTin A. M. N. H. VARIETIES OF MARKING. ~ ‘ 5 ‘ y - ‘ , . . > SULLETIN A. M. N. H. Vou. X, Plate IX, ARTIFICIAL PERFORATIONS TO THE MEDULLA OF THE BONES. . (ee Lee Article VI.—A COMPLETE SKELETON OF CORY- PHODON RADIANS. NOTES UPON THE LOCO- MOTION OF THIS ANIMAL. By Henry FAIRFIELD OSBORN. PLATE X. The chief object of the writer in planning the American ’ Museum Expedition of 1896 was to complete materials for the investigation of the evolution of the Amblypoda, and extend our knowledge of Coryphedon. The observations of Cope, Marsh, Osborn, Wortman and Earle have been principally upon scattered and imperfect material, and it seemed of the utmost importance to secure materials sufficient to determine the relations of this animal to its ancestral form, Pantolambda, and to its successive form, Uintatherium ; also the proportions of the body, the posi- tions of its limbs and the number of its vertebrae. Accordingly our party, led by Dr. Wortman, aided by Mr. Granger of the Museum, and Messrs. Brown and Riggs of the University of Kan- sas, spent the months of April and May in northwestern New Mexico, revisiting the locality where Cope’s most complete Cory- phodon, C. elephantopus, had been found. The search here in the’ ‘ Coryphodon’ or ‘ Wasatch Beds’ was entirely unsuccessful, but fortunately the underlying ‘ Torrejon Beds’ yielded a remarkably complete series of Pantolambda, The party moved to the north in June, and devoted July and August to a most energetic explo- ration of the Big Horn Basin, especially of the exposures on the south side of the Gray Bull River from Brown’s Ranch towards the Big Horn River below Otto. The party soon discovered two skulls, both in the sandstone. The first (No. 2867), upon level A, with four vertebra and some fragments of limb bones associated with it, the teeth being badly [ March, 1898.] [81] 6 82 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, weathered, has been mounted in our skeleton. The second (No. 2963) was found upon level B, 40 feet higher; it exhibits the torm of the top and back of the skull, together with the complete teeth and palate. Shortly afterwards, upon the same level A as No. 2867, the skeleton (No. 2865) was discovered with fifteen ribs and vertebre, the humerus, ulna, radius and two or three of the sternal bones. This was followed by the discovery on level A of the hind limb (No. 2869), several pairs of jaws,,and finally, upon level B, the part of a crushed skeleton (No. 2829), including the skull, jaws, all the ribs and vertebre in position. This, as Dr. Wortman wrote, made the party absolutely certain of a mount. The four skulls, Nos. 2827, 2867, 2963, 2865, with the associated skeletons, were thus found substantially upon the same geological level, they are in the same stage of evolution, and are found to belong to the classic species C. (Bathmodon) radians Cope, the first known in America. The party then moved to the overlying Wind River Beds, and discovered a unique skull (No. 2977) of a distinct species, which reverses the natural order of evolution, since the sagittal crest is a little broader than one’s finger. This exhibits the desired tran- sition between Pantolambda and Coryphodon, and represents, in all probability, a persistent primitive type. Altogether parts of 18 individuals were found in the Wasatch Beds (supplementing the 30 individuals found by Dr. Wortman in 1891), and 7 individuals in the Wind River Beds. The selection of nine individuals for mounting was done with great care as fol- lows: The mounted skull, No. 2867, agrees exactly in size, and is specifically identical with the skull and jaws of No. 5829. The lat- ter (No. 2829), while laterally crushed, had associated with it the right scapula and complete fore-limb, left scapula and parts of left limb which were used in mounting ; also all the vertebra as far back as the pelvis; these vertebra, while too much crushed to mount, enabled us to determine the formula and select, from series Nos. 2865 and 2863, vertebrae which exhibit the same characters. The latter individual (No. 2863) included the pelvis and hind- limb, thus determining positively the correct proportions of the entire animal. The mounting was done with great skill and care by Mr. Hermann, a dl ae Pe pee a ae ee 1898. | Osborn, Skeleton of Coryphodon radians. 83 DESCRIPTION OF SKELETON. Composite of nine individuals, all from the Big Horn Beds, as follows: No. 2867 ; skull, left humerus, left mtc. I and ectocuneiform ; caudals 1-3, 10-11. No. 2867, lower jaw. No. 2829; right scapula and fore-limb complete ; left scapula, magnum, trapezium, trapezoid, metacarpals I-V and phalanges. No. 2865 ; all cervical vertebrz, dorsals and ribs I-g complete, 3 phalanges of right pes. No. 2963; dorsals 10-15 and ribs complete, lumbars 1-5 complete, pel- vis, left pes (excepting mts. I, III-V, and ectocuneiform). No. 2869; right hind-limb complete (excepting mts. IV-V and 3 phalanges. No. 4329, left ulna, femur and tibia. No. 258; caudals 4, 5, 8. Sternals complete from No. 2825. Restored - left radius, left fibula, right mts. IV—V, left mts. III-V, cau- dals, 6, 7, 9, and 12-22. In general one is struck by the very large size of the head, formidable front teeth, the shortness of the ribs, the heavy char- acter of the girdles, the heavy limbs, and the semiplantigrade or subdigitigrade condition of the feet. It is probable, as already shown by the writer, that in the hind foot the calcaneum nearly touched the ground in the forward step. The skud/ presents a very peculiar appearance with its power- ful and spreading upper and lower canines, and widely spaced incisors, slender zygomatic arch and broad, flattened cranium. _The following characters distinguish this specific type : Premaxil- laries short, not reaching nasals; free portion of nasals short; nasals projecting between maxillaries, and then spreading upon inner side of frontal tuberosities; naso-frontal suture disap- pearing posteriorly ; maxillaries occupying a broad area and bulg- ing out opposite the canine alveoli and concave behind; lachry- mals not clearly defined ; frontals above the orbits supporting two prominent knobs or convexities, confluent with parietals posteri- orly ; parietals expanding above middle portion of temporal fossa, and lateral parietal crest thickening, as indicative of a rudi- mentary parietal horn; mid-parietal region depressed and extremely rugose for muscular attachment (occipito-frontalis) ; malars extending to the front of orbit, exhibiting a downward masseteric process slightly behind the orbit, expanding widely but slender in section ; postglenoid processes for squamosal rather slender; external auditory meatus widely open, and paroccipital and posttympanic region compressed into a narrow ridge; occiput 84 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. X, low and broad; lower jaws with condyle facing upwards and backwards; prominent depression posteriorly ; a mental foramen below first premolar, a second mental foramen below lower canine. Dentition.—The superior teeth, wanting in this specimen, are perfectly preserved in No. 2829, and agree with the fragmentary type specimen of Coryphodon (B.) radians Cope. Vertebral formula: C.7, D.15, L.5, $.4. This remarkably low vertebral formula is ascertained from No. 2829, in which all the dorsals and lumbars are retained in a single block and can be counted with considerable certainty. The formula is very low, but not more so than in Zitanotherium, in which D, L.=20. ‘The chief characteristic of the vertebral column is the series of low, undifferentiated neural spines, which are ill correlated with the heavy skull. Cervicals.—Atlas moderately broad with a slightly expanded © transverse process, perforated slightly above the base by the ver- tebrarterial canal. ‘The spine of the axis extends equally forwards and backwards. The remaining cervicals exhibit a gradual development of the inferior lamella, which is well marked in C.6, but lacks the strength exhibited in the larger Perissodactyla. The cervical centra are very short, and the vertebral centra grad- ually increase in length and depth toward the lumbar region. The most striking feature of the dorsal vertebrae, which is shared by Phenacodus, is the great prominence of the transverse © process supporting the tubercle of the ribs. This projects widely out from the side of the vertebra in D.1, and gradually recedes to D.11, which is apparently the last vertebra in which the rib tuber- cle articulates. In all the dorsals the head is placed directly be- tween the adjacent vertebre from D.1 to D.15. The low spines characteristic of the cervical region extend back as a feature of the dorsals, the vertebree exhibiting terminal tuberosities for the fascia of the ligamentum nuche. The dorsal vertebral spines gradually thicken in antero-posterior diameter; as they pass backwards they decrease in height. In the lumbar region they are cleft on the dorsal line. The lumbars terminate inferiorly in compressed keels. Ce ee wee ee 1808. | Osborn, Skeleton of Coryphodon radians. 85 MEASUREMENTS OF SKELETON. FEET AND INCHES. METERS. Length incisors to perpendicular of RON crate rata whe ecs koh 2A 7 gig” 2.38 oy BB ey Sa Se 3 446" 1.03 Fore Limb : RNR aks Dh meg tina OS 5 cs ar -43 PTUINEDUS. <> Bis wee es ees tse r 316" 39 2' 816" | ESE [CS ae OnE Or agra Ea ee 10" 25 or Manus totals occas ene Siete i aS i .82 Hind Limb: 7k Pelvis, transverse. .......:.... Cae | Bae aa ee ree ME ee r’ 616" 47 2’ 1116” MAS oO erie aes s kee 5 .28 or PR ES care. aense gh ates 6" 15 -go These measurements show that the tibia is only an inch longer than the radius, while the femur is three inches longer than the humerus. The anterior pair of rds is extremely short, the succeeding ribs increase in length and decrease in diameter, passing from a flattened into a trihedral form in D.6 and 7, and finally into an oval form in D.10-15. A characteristic feature of the ribs of D. 6-11 is a pit upon the upper surface just external to the -tubercle. The zygapophyses have horizontal faces as far back as D.15. In D.14 and 15 they turn obliquely upwards, the faces being vertically flattened. concave and nearly vertical in position. In L.1 to L.5 the zygapophyses are sharply The characters of the caudals are not certainly known, the few centra being restored from a number of different specimens. We have not ventured to give the tail the remarkably flattened character already described in a specimen found in 1892. Fore Limb.—The scapula is vertically elongate, terminating ina point superiorly, and distinguished from that of Uzntatherium by nearly subequal supraspinatus and infraspinatus fossz. partly restored in the mount, but perfectly preserved in No. 2873. The spine rises near the superior border, is slightly thickened and reflected, and passes down into the acromion process, which turns sharply forwards and overhangs the great tuberosity of the It is 86 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. (Vol. X, humerus. The humerus is distinguished by the prominent greater tuberosity, which enters inferiorly the prominent and recurved deltoid ridge, extending far down upon the anterior surface, two-thirds the length of the shaft. The characters of this bone are best seen in No, 2780, an animal of the same size. The entepicondyle is a rugose tuberosity, the ectepicondyle is more elevated on the shaft, and is marked by an anteverted ridge. The forearm is perfectly preserved upon, the right side. The radius covers the front face of the humerus, and the distal faces of the ulna and radius are placed obliquely to the transverse axis of the body, facing upwards and throwing the fore feet and toes outwards rather than forwards. In this specimen the cunei- form does not articulate with the fifth metapodial, as observed in certain other specimens. ‘The manus, as above described, is sub- digitigrade, the lower surfaces of the proximal ends of the meta- podials being slightly raised above the ground. The position of the metapodials in the forward step is, however, much more oblique than in the manus of the Elephant, the lower surfaces being nearer the ground. The elvis is partly restored in this mount. Its characters are better shown in No. 258. The ilia expand widely, but the antero- inferior border is not extended very far down. The ischia and pubes are strongly developed, and enclose a wide obturator notch. A very characteristic feature of the skeleton is the long and rather slender form of the femur and the disproportion between the femur and the tibia, which is much greater than that which exists between the humerus and the radius. The great trochan- ter does not rise to the level of the head. The third trochanter is a long rather low crest, much less strongly marked than in Pantolambda, placed on the upper third of the inner side of the shaft. The lesser trochanter is very prominent, and lies slightly below the middle of the shaft. The patella is a very character- istic bone, but there is some doubt as to its position; it appears probable that the slender pointed spine of the patella faces up- wards, as the long patella facet is thus made to correspond with the long facet on the inner side of the front face of the trochlea of the femur. The tibia is a very stout bone with a rather low 1898. | Osborn, Skeleton of Coryphodon radians. 87 cnemial crest, and rests by a slightly concave distal face upon the broad flat astragalus. The position of the pes is probably fairly represented in the left right foot, and although it is possible for the astragalus to be brought still nearer to the ground in the long forward step, it appears that in this type plantigradism is not so marked as has been stated by Osborn; probably the different species varied in this respect. As in the fore feet, the median digit faces outward. The astragalus has a well-marked astraga- lar foramen. GENERAL APPEARANCE OF CORYPHODON. The most accurate forecast of the appearance of the animal was that made by Cope’ in 1874: “The general appearance of the Coryphodons, as determined by the skeleton, probably resembled the Bears more than any liv- ing animals, with the important exceptions that in their feet they were much like the Elephant. Tothe general proportions of the Bears must be added a tail of medium length. Whether they were covered with hair or not is, of course, uncertain; of their nearest living allies, the Elephants, some were hairy and others naked. The top of the head was doubtless naked posteriorly, and in old animals may have been only covered by a thin epider- mis, as in the Crocodiles, thus presenting a rough, impenetrable front to antagonists. “The movements of the Coryphodons, doubtless, resembled those of the Elephant in its shuffling and ambling gait, and may have been even more awkward, from the inflexibility of the ankle. But, in compensation for the probable lack of speed, these ani- mals were most formidably armed with tusks. These weapons, particularly those of the upper jaw, are more robust than those of the Carnivora, and generally more elongate, and attrition pre- served rather than diminished their acuteness. The size of the species varied from that of a Tapir to that of an Ox.” Osborn’ in 1892 wrote as follows : “The fact is, the position of the fore and hind feet of Cory- phodon is absolutely. different. The /ore foot was digitigrade, like that of the Elephant, the And foot was plantigrade, like that of the Bear. In other words, the carpus was entirely raised from the ground and the manus rested upon the distal ends of the meta- carpals and upon the spreading phalanges, while the calcaneum 1 Vertebrate Palzontology, Vol. IV, Wheeler Survey, p 2 Fossil Mammals, of the Wasatch and Wind River lates Collection of 1891, Osborn and Wortman, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Sept., 1892, p. rar. 88 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. X, and tarsus rested directly on the ground together with the entire plantar surface of the foot. This substantial difference between the advanced state of evolution of the fore foot and retarded evolution of the hind foot, is of great interest. It is clearly shownjin the accompanying figures.” : Fig. 1. Coryphodon hamatus, as restored by Marsh, 1893. One-twentieth natural size. In 1893, Marsh,’ in his description and restoration, presented quite a different conception of the animal as uuguligrade. In regard to these matters he makes the following statement : “‘ This restoration is given one-twelfth natural size. The posi- tion shown was chosen after careful consideration, and is believed to represent fairly one naturally assumed by the animal in life when standing at rest. The figure represents a fully adult indi- vidual, and one of the largest species of the genus which, when alive, was nearly six feet in length and about three feet in height. The basis of this restoration is the type specimen of Coryphodon hamatus. This was supplemented by other remains, which appeared to be superficially identical. A large number of such specimens were available, some of them in excellent preservation. For parts of the skeleton where such remains were wanting speci- mens from nearly allied forms were used, but no serious error can thus result....The fore feet presented in the present restoration are constructed mainly from the same specimen (that first figured and described by the writer), and the position given in the original figure has been essentially retained....The posi- tion first given to the figure is retained in the restoration after a careful investigation of the whole posterior limbs in a number of well-preserved specimens. In Démoceras the terminal 1 * Restoration of Coryphodon,’ Amer. Journ. Science, Oct., 1893, p. 324. ee ee ee eG ve. 89 ‘yphodon radians. Osborn, Skeleton of Cor vals ~« ima) io“) ~ Bat 2S oo OSs vo Se oud Pe ye ~~ — Smad 3 prs O35 E xo nid Basie =; , =m) o % qe. 2.8 aoe SuwY so age ie | fo} sks ve = S25 & Ue. =| £508 2s y a- £ = although a pad may have helped to support the feet. gits were stl langes proportionately larger and broader, ind phalanges are much larger than thus bore a greater weight, phodon the di *.92 ‘o]3ue S opeasisip ‘svHda ly “7 ‘oth ‘ojsue topeasiisipqns ‘WAIMAHLVINI(Q) “27 « ‘69 ‘a[sue tyeuotjyisuerm ‘NOGOHAANOD “9D ‘*o€g ‘a[Bue ‘epeasnurd ‘vaaWVIOINVG “qf ‘p%g ‘a[sue ‘opesZnuryd ‘snsug ‘~Q ‘snpeBeaysy aya Jo suonoes [eonsaA Aq poulerqo ‘s190j 47NIZAvU-~OIVSVAJS 7 PUL 7V292}-07VFvAJS PY VYI UDIMIOq Sazsu PY DY Suimoys sureiZeiqy *% “Sy _9gavey “7 A | ce woeteansy ~ fo saueyy “s @ -* << - - *, “ eae ~ "sja0ey Je197-9eBe4 8 \y fo sour go Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, were covered with hoofs that supported the feet. This would agree with the position given them in the restoration, which coin- cides with the anatomical structure of the entire hind limb.” This clear statement of Professor Marsh’s as to the position of these limbs is consistent with his restoration, in which not only the metapodials but the phalanges are raised from the ground, and the animal is represented as walking upon the tips of its toes, or terminal phalanges, the latter being supported by hoofs. The morphological importance of this restoration is very great. If correct it places Coryphodon among the Unguligrada, widely removed from the unquestionably plantigrade Puntolambda. Contrary evidence that Coryphodon, so far from being unguligrade, was transitional between complete plantigradism and digitigradism, is given below. Many other important morphological characters are involved in Marsh’s restoration, and are now found to be incorrect. The scapula is given a trihedral form, with a very broad angular infraspinatus fossa; the pelvis is extraordinarily reduced ; the limbs are elongate and, together with the above- mentioned unguligrade action of the digits, elevated the body very much from the ground. In proportion to the scapula, the humerus, the ulna and the radius are of very great length, and similarly the tibia is only slightly shorter than the femur. The most important character, however, is that assigned to the vertebral column, there being 19 dorsals and, as far as can be determined from the drawing, 6 lumbars, or D. L.=25, a formula exceeding that of the Rhinoceros. The net result of these obser- vations is to give the animal the general appearance and charac- ters of a modern Perissodactyl,’ with the single important excep- tion of the five digits preserved in the fore and hind feet. It appears from our more complete material that the difference between the feet was exaggerated by Osborn, as already observed by Marsh. There is no doubt, however, that as seen in the mounted specimen, in the forward step the calcaneum rested very near the ground, being separated merely by a thick plantar pad. The digits of the fore and hind feet have nearly the same relations to the ground. Both feet are in a somewhat similar stage of tran- 1 The Perissodacty] affinities of the animal were dwelt upon in Professor Marsh’s earlier papers (Am. Jour. Sc., 1876, page 428; of. c#t.. 1877, page 84), but were abandoned subse- quently (‘ Dinocerata,’ 1884, page 177), in which Coryfhcdon was correctly associated with Uintatherium in the Amblydactyla (Amblypoda). ne ee Osborn, Skeleton mae Coryphodons radians. gt sition between plantigradism and digitigradism. Pantolambda has a long tuber-calcis and pes like that of the Bear. Ututathertum has a very short tuber-calcis and bore the pes slightly more planti- grade than the Elephant. Coryphodon has a tuber-calcis inter- mediate in length ; in the astragalus the upper facet for the tibia and lower facet for the navicular presents an oblique angle, the astragalus thinning out to a sharp edge in front (whereas in Uznta- therium these facets are more nearly parallel, and the astragalus is truncate in front). The angles between the tibial and navicu- lar facets of the astragalus, as shown in sections in Fig. 2, afford the most decisive evidence that the pes of Coryphodon was intermediate between the nearly plantigrade Pantolambda and the sub-digitigrade Uintatherium. Coryphodon had a very short back and short, spreading limbs, with a very clumsy, shuffling gait. The rudimentary horn observed for the first time in the parie- tals is prophetic of the great parietal horn of Uintatherium. Many other characters of the skull and skeleton are also prophetic, but there is little tendency displayed to reduce the upper incisors or lower canines into the Uintathere type. 3ULLETIN A. M. N. H. Vou. X, PLATE X. MOUNTED SKELETON OF Coryphodon radians, Slightly exceeding one-fifteenth natural size. es —— SO ee a eee pe ee Article VII.—THE EXTINCT CAMELIDA OF NORTH AMERICA AND SOME ASSOCIATED FORMS. By J. L. Wortman, M.D. PLATE XI, AND TWENTY-THREE TEXT CUTS. Among the living selenodont Artiodactyla the Camels and Llamas of the Old and New World represent a very aberrant group. Even if one were not familiar with the wonderful record of their past history as revealed in the Tertiary deposits of this country he would be quite justified, from the number of anatom- ical peculiarities which they exhibit, in placing their origin far back in the Tertiary, at a time when the primitive divergence of the various lines of the Selenodonts was taking place. The evidence is not yet sufficiently complete to trace the phylum with absolute certainty below the upper Eocone or Uinta stage, but from this point on to the present time there is very little to be desired, in the way of intermediate species, to form a “compact and closely connected series, reaching to the modern types. More or less elaborate studies of this group have been made by Cope’ and Scott,” to whom we are especially indebted for much knowledge concerning the extinct forms, and while it would be difficult to add anything to their statements from the speci- mens known to them, yet the acquisition of a large amount of new material bearing upon this subject by the various Museum expeditions within the past few years has rendered it especially desirable to review the whole subject, with a view to defining, if possible, the exact limits of the various genera and species of the extinct North American representatives. The object of the present paper, therefore, is: (1) A review of the genera and species of the North American Tylopoda, with descriptions of 1 * Phylogeny of the Camelidz,’ Amer. Nat., 1886, p. 611. 2‘ On the Osteology of Poébrotherium,’ Journ. of Morph., 1891. ‘The Mammalia of the Uinta Formation,’ Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., Aug. 20, 1889. [93] 94 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [ Vol. X, additional materials of known types, as well as of new allied forms ; (2) a careful consideration of the various steps in their evolution ; and (3) a study of certain osteological characters of the higher selenodont Artiodactyla in its direct bearing upon the transmission of acquired characters. The oldest members of Tylopoda which we can determine with certainty are found in the Upper Eocene deposits of the Uinta Basin, which strata, it may be noted, contain the first remains of true selenodont Artiodactyla in this country, a fact originally pointed out by Marsh, who was the first to explore this region for fossil remains. In the preceding deposits of the Bridger Basin the remains of Artiodactyla are found, but are very rare, no truly selenodont types being known. It is true that in several genera, such as Homacodon and Helohyus of Marsh, we have a distinct foreshadowing of the selenodont molar, yet it is not until the Uinta is reached that the true Selenodonts appear. Mr. O. A. Peterson, to whom we are largely indebted for the beautiful collection now in the Museum from this horizon, divides these beds into three stages,’ which he designates as the lower, middle, and upper Uinta Beds, or, to use his own field designation, Horizons A, B,and C. A large part, if not the entire lot, of these remains were obtained from the lower part of Horizon C, or the upper part of Horizon #, so that their stratigraphical position would be correctly stated to be at least 300 to 400 feet below the top, and at least 800 feet from the bottom of the Uinta formation. No fossils are known from the upper levels of Horizon C, nor do we know any Artiodactyla from the Brown Sandstones, 800 feet in thickness, constituting Horizon A. If, therefore, close con- nections between these Uinta forms and the preceding Bridger species, on the one hand, and the succeeding White River, Oligo- cene species, upon the other, are not shown to exist, the fact is, in all probability, due to our lack of knowledge of the species which lived during the time of deposit of these intermediate strata, : The identification of these Uinta Cameloids is attended with more or less difficulty, owing in part to the fragmentary condition 1 See Osborn’s * Fossil Mammalia of the Uinta Basin,’ Bull. Am, Mus. Nat, Hist., Vol. VII, p. 74. ree oa IS ee ee ee ~~ en ere eee ee eee 1898. | Wortman, Extinct Camelide of North America. 95 of some of the material, and in part to other lines which resemble them in certain points of skull and limb structure. These resemblances are, no doubt, due to the close proximity to the point at which the respective phyla began to diverge. For the purpose of bringing into stronger relief the characters of the Cameloids of this horizon, it is necessary to compare them accurately with the cotemporary Selenodonts, and, since several of them apparently represent new genera, they are herewith described. Leptoreodon marshi,' gen. et sp. nov. This genus and species is represented in the collection by an almost perfect skull in good state of preservation, a number of vertebre, and a few fragments of the limbs (No. 2064), which I use as the type. There are several other specimens of a more frag- mentary character which are probably to be referred to the same Fig. x. Side view of skull of Leptoreodon marsht. genus and species, but they contribute little additional informa- tion to the knowledge of the skeleton. The genus differs from all the Oreodonts hitherto described in the possession of a short diastema in front of, and a longer diastema behind, the first superior premolar, together with a considerable diastema between the first and second premolar in the lower jaw. ‘The incisors are _ 1 This species is dedicated to Prof. O. C. Marsh, in recognition of his numerous contribu- tions to American palzontology. 96 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, present in full in both jaws; the inferior canine is small and incisiform ; the superior canine is large, with the characteristic D-pattern of the Oreodonts on cross section, and the first inferior premolar is enlarged and caniniform as in the Oreodonts. The first superior premolar is two-rooted with a high, compressed cutting crown, the second is similar but somewhat larger, the third has a principal broad, lunate external cusp and a faint internal cingular ledge. The fourth premolar crown is composed of a single external and internal cusp, much as in the Oreodonts. The superior molars closely resemble those of Protoreodon (Eomeryx) in the composition of the crown, so far as can be determined in their advanced stage of wear in the type specimen. It is impossible to say whether or not there were anterior inter- mediate cusps present, but judging from certain appearances in this region of the crown, I am inclined to think that less worn teeth would show them. ‘The mesostyle consists of a vertical pillar as in the Oreodonts generally, and not of a wide open loup as in Agriocherus. In the lower jaw the incisors and canines are of the typical oreodont pattern, but they are unusually procumbent in position. The first premolar is enlarged and caniniform, the second simple, the third with a small internal cusp and posterior heel, and the fourth similar in pattern, except that the internal cusp is smaller and the heel more pronounced. The lower molars are almost identical in structure with those of the early Oreodonts. The whole skull differs from that of the Oreodonts in its more slender proportions. This is particularly noticeable in the lower jaws, which are relatively long and shallow, especially in the region of the symphysis, in marked contrast with the deep and abrupt chin of the Oreodonts in general. There does not appear to have been a preorbital pit present, and the orbit was not enclosed by bone posteriorly. ‘The present genus may be distin- guished from its contemporaries in the following dental characters, viz.: from Protoreodon (Eomeryx) in the possession of diastema in both jaws and the full number of incisors in the upper jaw.’ 1 In all of our material I have not yet seen a specimen among the Oreodonts other than Leptoreodon that has a full set of incisors in the upper jaw. Marsh figures the type of Ecmeryx pumilis with but two superior incisors, and if Protoreodon has the full complement, as believed by Scott, then the two genera are certainly distinct. In two specimens in the Musuem collection which correspond closely with Protorcodon parvus, as described by Scott, there is but a single incisor on each side above, and the premaxillz are widely separated from each other in the median line. De ie sil ee (oe e: eae 1898. ] Wortman, Extinct Camelide of North America. 97 From Ayomeryx it is readily distinguished by the full number | of superior incisors and by the diastema, although it resembles this latter genus, which is described by Marsh’ as having more slender jaws than Protoreodon (Homeryx). From the cameloid, Leptotragulus, it is easily separated by the numerous oreodont characters which the skull exhibits, although the symphyseal region is strikingly similar in the two genera. Of the hind foot, the cuboid, navicular and the head of the third metatarsal are sufficiently preserved to afford characters for identification. These bones indicate an animal with far more | slender limbs and feet than any of the Oreodonts with which I i, am familiar. The navicular has an inconspicuous posterior hook 3 unlike that of the Oreodonts, and, judging from the much reduced facet on the cuboid, the fifth digit was considerably diminished in size if not entirely rudimental. The limb-bones are not well enough preserved to confirm or negative this conclusion of the slender and delicate proportions of the animal, but, upon the whole, I think it may be safely concluded, from the evidence at hand, that Zeptoreodon held the same position with reference to ; the American Oreodontide that X/phodon did to the European Anoplotheriide. ~~ The second genus to be described in this connection contains species somewhat smaller in size and less perfectly selenodont. EO ee ON Ie Bunomeryx montanus, gen. et sp. nov. There are two specimens in the collection which I classify under this head, viz. : an anterior portion of a cranium somewhat crushed, containing the maxillary dentition complete upon one side, together with the greater part of the left mandibular ramus of the left side having all the true molars and the last premolar in good preservation (No. 2071). The second specimen consists of a portion of a lower jaw with a few teeth, the posterior part of the cranium, a nearly complete fore foot, portions of the hind limbs and other parts of the skeleton (No. 2070). The first of these specimens may be taken as the type, but there can be very "7 ere Pao 1 cae of Tertiary Artiodactyles,’ Amer. Jour. Sci., Vol. XLVIII, Sept., 1894, p. 268. [April, 1898.] 7 98 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. \|Vol. X, little doubt that the second specimen is identical with the first and can be regarded as a collateral type. This genus most nearly resembles Homacodon Marsh, from the Bridger Beds, although it presents some dental characters similar to Dichobune of the European Eocene. The more important generic characters may be stated as follows : Dentition, 1f, C1, Pm#, M3. Superior molars, having well-defined cres- centic outer cusps and a distinct mesostyle and parastyle ; first molar provided with two conic internal cusps (protocone and hypocone), with anterior and poste- rior subcrescentic intermediates; second molar having anterior subcrescentic inter- mediate, subconic protocone, a posterior subcrescentic intermediate and no hypocone ; third molar similar to second. The superior premolars are present in full number ; the two anterior have simple cutting crowns, while the crowns of the third and fourth are made up of single external and internal conic cusps well developed. In the lower jaw the structure of the molars is intermediate between the bunodont and selenodont pattern ; there are only three premolars, the anterior two of which have simple compressed crowns, while the last or fourth of which is provided, in addition to the principal cusp, with anterior and internal cusps, together with a well-defined heel. As compared with Homacodon, Bunomeryx is readily distin- guished (1) by the possession of three premolars in the lower jaw ; (2) by the crescentic character of the external cusps of the superior molars; (3) by the presence of a well-developed para- style and mesostyle ; (4) by the absence of the hypocone on the second superior molar, and (5) by thesubcrescentic character of the intermediates. (6) The internal cusp of the third superior premolar is, moreover, better developed in Sunomeryx than in Homacodon, and (7) the fourth inferior premolar is much more advanced in structure. The structure of the inferior molars is much more selenodont in Bunomeryx than in Homacodon. From Dichobune the present genus is readily distinguished by the absence of all traces of the anterior cusp of the trigon in the lower molars as well as the more crescentic character of the outer cusps of the superior molars, and the possession of well-defined mesostyle and parastyle. The complete adult dentition of Décho- bune is apparently not known, but there can be but little doubt that it had the full number, forty-four teeth, in which case Buno- meryx would be sharply distinguished by the inferior premolar formula, I cannot at present say in what manner Bunomeryx 1898. ] Wortman, Extinct Camelide of North America. 99 differs from the European Deslotherium, Spaniotherium, Metrio- therium, Mouillacitherium and Oxacron of Filhol, which are placed by Zittel in the subfamily Dichobuninz. On account of the very imperfect knowledge we have of these forms, no com- parisons are at present possible. In specimen No. 2071, the upper and posterior portion of the cranium is sufficiently preserved to indicate a relatively high over- hanging occipital and a strong sagittal crest, the latter dividing into two well-marked lateral postorbital branches. In advance of the point of division of these two branches a strong ridge is continued forward upon the frontals in the median line as in many of the lower forms of the Selenodonts. The postorbital process is well developed, but it does not join the molar, so that the orbit is not enclosed by bone posteriorly. There is no evi- dence of the presence of any long horn-cores. Of the fore limb, the distal ends of the ulna and radius are pre- served, but they are considerably crushed. There is apparently little or no tendency to codssification of the bones, although the shafts are closely applied to each other in the lower third of their extent. The articular end of the radius shows distinct facets for scaphoid and lunar, but does not touch the cuneiform. The distal end of the ulna articulates solely with the cuneiform. The carpus is of the typical artiodactyl pattern, and especially resembles that of the earlier Selenodonts. In the proximal row the cuneiform rests exclusively upon the unciform, the lunar about equally upon magnum and unciform, while the scaphoid is supported below by magnum, trapezoid and trapezium. In the distal row the unciform articulates distally with Mt. III, and to a slight extent with Mt. II. In the modern Suillines, the Cameloids and the later Oreodonts, the second metacarpal has lost all con- nection with the magnum, but in the early Oreodonts Mt. II still retains a contact between these two bones. In Profoceras of the Oligocene a very minute contact is observable. The trapezoid is free, and shows no tendency to unite with the magnum as in Leptomeryx, the later Tragulines and Pecora. The trapezium is not preserved in the specimen, but judging from the well-marked facets upon the scaphoid, trapezoid and Mt. II, it is quite certain that it was not only present and of good size, but 100 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. X, that it supported a very considerable vestige of the first digit. It would not indeed be a matter of surprise to find this digit com- plete in more perfect specimens very much as in Oreodon., There are four metacarpals preserved of which the median ones, Mt. III and IV, are the largest and subequal in size. Mt. II is slightly larger and longer than Mt. V, and in: all of them the | distal keels are confined to the palmar surfaces, as in all primitive Ungulates. The phalanges of the fore feet are not known. Of the hind limb the materials are not so complete as of the fore limb, but enough is preserved to make out its more important characters. The fibula was much reduced, and probably incom- plete in the middle part of the shaft. The distal end of the tibia displays no usual form of the more generalized Selenodonts, as do the tarsal bones. The cuboid and navicular were not covssified, and there is evidence of four complete metapodials, the lateral ones, however, being unusually slender and delicate. The first two phalanges resemble those of the early Cameloids, Protoceros and Leptomeryx in their form, as do likewise the unguals in being relatively high-pointed and flattened upon their opposed surfaces. Bunomeryx elegans, sp. nov. A second species of this genus is indicated in the collection by a portion of a cranium containing the last three premolars and the molars, in excellent preservation, together with both mandibu- lar rami bearing all of the teeth with the exception of the incisors and canines. The most important difference be- tween the two species is seen in the presence of a short diastema between- premolars two and three of the lower Fig. 2. Crown view of upper and lower teeth of Bunomeryx jaw ivi eo elegans. In BL. montanus elegans. hy., hypocone; p7., pro- ° i F ee ar eater this diastema is absent, and the teeth of the lower jaw were apparently in a continuous series or closed row. J&B. e/egans is smaller and more delicate than B. montanus, a fact that is not only indicated by all the teeth but particularly emphasized by the fourth inferior pre- =_ rT ee, 1808. | Wortman, Extinct Camelide of North America, 101 molar, which is considerably narrower and has a less development of the internal cusp. Another important distinction between the two species is found in the greater development of the vestigial hypocone of the second superior molar of B. elegans. In 2B. montanus this cusp has almost entirely disappeared, the only evidence of its presence being indicated by a cingulum in this portion of the crown. One fact of great interest in connection with this genus is the probable light which it throws upon the homologies of certain cusps of the molar crown in the higher selenodont Artiodactyla. It is here that we witness the actual passage from the bunodont to the selenodont type of molar in this important group. If we can trust the evidence before us, Bunomeryx is a direct lineal descendant of the Bridger Homacodon, and it is a matter of the utmost moment to note that in the latter genus there are six fully- developed cusps upon the crowns of the first and second superior true molars ; in the third there are only five cusps present. In Bunomeryx, as already indicated, the full six cusps are found on the first superior molar only, while in the second molar there is but a vestige of the postero-internal cusp or hypocone. The evidence appears to be conclusive, therefore, that the true homo- logical hypocone is in process of retrogressive disappearance, and in proportion as this cusp is reduced, the posterior intermediate is pushed out to take its place. As a further evidence of the truth of this proposition it may be stated that the true hypocone of both the first and second molars of Homacodon, as well as the first molar of Bunomeryx, exhibits no tendency whatever to develop a selenodont structure, while the posterior intermediates especially in Bunomeryx, exhibit very decided advances in this direction. The very position of this cusp, moreover, precludes any possibility of its entering into the formation of the single posterior internal crescent of the more perfectly developed seleno- dont molar of the higher types. I believe therefore that the history of the formation of the four crescents of the superior molar crowns of the Selenodonts has been as follows, tracing it from the five-cusped Pavtfolestes' of the 1 From this genus I exclude the type of Pantolestes etsagicus Cope as belonging to a distinct genus ancestral to and leading directly up to the bunodont Artiodactyla, It is very probably synonymous with Zohkyus distans of Marsh, who properly placed it among the Bunodonts. 102 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, Wasatch. The primitive condition of this oldest type of the Artiodactyla was two buniform external cusps, two buniform intermediates, together with one large more or less lunate internal cusp, flanked by a rudimental postero-internal cusp which is clearly shown to be an outgrowth from the cingulum. There is no evidence that this postero-internal cusp was ever developed on the last molar, because in all the forms from Pantolestes to Buno- meryx itis persistently absent. ‘The next step consisted in the reduc- tion of the large lunate internal cusp and the full development of a well-marked postero-internal cusp, or hypocone, on the first and second molars. ‘This condition is seen in, and is character- istic of, Homacodon. ‘The third step consisted in the disappear- ance of the true hypocone and the gradual usurpation of its place and function by the posterior intermediate in the crown of the second true molar, a condition seen in Bunomeryx. As a fourth step in this development one can readily imagine this process extended to the first true molar, when it would be complete. This hypothesis may be objected to on the ground that Buno- meryx cannot stand as the direct ancestor of any of the Seleno- — donts at present known, on account of its reduced premolar dentition in the lower jaw, but if we are to regard the type of superior molar exhibited by either Homacodon, Dichobune or Helo- hyus as the one which preceded, and from which was derived the tetraselenodont or four-crescented crown, then this hypothesis must be accepted as true. The only case so far known wherein the true hypocone has been preserved and has become crescentic, is in Cenotherium and Plesiomeryx, and here we have three well-developed crescents upon the posterior moiety of the crown, of which the inner one repre- sents the hypocone and the middle one the posterior interme- diate. It is possible that the cusps of the two anterior superior molars of Xiphodon are to be interpreted in the same way, and that the posterior innercrescent is composed solely of the posterior intermediate, the true hypocone having come to occupy a more anterior and median position. In this case the anterior internal crescent would be made up of protocone and the anterior inter- mediate. Future discovery will no doubt reveal considerable variety in the formation of the internal crescents in the various eg ee ee ey ee ee ee) PY yan VS ee ee EN Ee. nT 1898. | Wortman, Extinct Camelide of North America, 103 phyla of the Selenodonts, but it appears to me certain that the hypothesis herein advanced is the correct one for the formation of the tetraselenodont superior molars of the Cameloids, Pecora, Tragulines, and probably the Oreodonts and Anthracotheres. Parameryx (Leptotragulus) proavus 5S. & 0. This genus was first described by Marsh’ and later by Scott and Osborn,’ who considered that it to belongs to the Traguline division of the order. Later Scott gave a fuller account of it* and placed it in the Tylopoda* immediately ancestral to Poébro- therium of the White River Oligocene. The materials in the Museum Collection do not add very materially to the knowledge of this form ; however, there are some important points to be made out from it. There are four specimens which I refer to this species, the most important of which are a fragmentary skeleton containing a fairly good hind foot, together with the posterior part of the last lower molar (No. 2509). The other specimens pertain exclusively to the lower jaw (Nos. 1803, 1805 and 1808). In the lower jaw there is one diagnostic character by means of which the last lower molar can be recognized, and that is the presence of an extra cusp upon the inner border of the heel near its point of junction with the postero-internal cusp. It is by means of this character alone that I associate the fragmentary skeleton with this species.. The lower molars are of the typical selenodont pattern, and the cusps more elongated than in any of the cotemporary Selenodonts. The inferior premolars are three in number, the fourth being pro- vided with a well-developed internal cusp and heel. The second and third are simple and without accessory tubercles. In advance of the second premolar there is a considerable diastema, in front of which is the large procumbent alveolus for the canine. The incisors are not preserved, and this region of the jaw is so much broken as not to reveal their alveoli. 1 * Introduction and Succession of Vertebrate Life in America,’ 1877. 2‘ Preliminary Report on the Vertebrate Fossils of the Uinta Formation,’ Proc. Am. Philos. Soc., 1877, pp- 255, 264. : 3 * Mammalia of the Uinta Formation,’ Trans. Am. Philos. Soc., N. S., Vol. XVI, Part iii, Aug. 20, 1896, Pp. 479-486. 3 2m ‘ 7 4 Marsh had, however, clearly recognized the affinities of this genus with the Tylopoda ten years previously, since we find in the address above quoted the following statement : “* A most interesting line, that leading to the Camels and Llamas, separates from the primitive seleno- dont branch in the Eocene, probably through the genus Parameryx. 104 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. (Vol. X, Of the bones of the hind foot, the entire tarsus is preserved with the exception of the cuneiform. These parts of the skele- ton present a most striking resemblance to those of Poébrothe- vium in all the details of their structure, the only difference discoverable being that of size. ‘The third metatarsal is present but unfortunately a small part of the shaft is missing so as not to exhibit its full length; there is enough, however, to indicate that it was unusually long andslender, much flattened upon the sur- face which it offered to the second metatarsal, and that the form of the shaft, moreover, had that peculiar squarish outline upon cross section, a feature so highly characteristic of the Oligocene Cameloids. Another distinctive cameloid feature is seen in the increased size of the medullary cavity. The lateral or fifth meta- podial was reduced to a mere splint, as is indicated by the much- reduced facet upon the cuboid ; this facet is: relatively as small as it is in the cuboid of Poébrotherium. The phalanges have about the same proportions and shape as the corresponding bones of the White River species. That Parameryx (Leptotragulus) was a member of the Tylo- poda, as has already been pointed out by Marsh and Scott, there can be very little doubt, but at the same time the evidence is equally conclusive that it does not stand in direct ancestral line with the succeeding Poébrotheres. The evidence against such a conclusion is to be found in the fact that Parameryx (Leptotraga- Jus) has only three premolars in the lower jaw, an enlarged canini- form canine and relatively short, thick inferior premolars, the last of which, or fourth, has a considerable development of the internal cusp. It may therefore be looked upon as a precociously specialized side branch which died out at the close of the Eocene and left no modified descendants. Protylopus petersoni,’ gen. et spec. nov. This genus and species is primarily founded upon the anterior portion of a skull from which the left ramus is missing. The specimen is broken obliquely in such a manner as to show upon the right side all of the facial portion, including the orbit and the 1 This species is named in honor of Mr. O. A. Peterson, whose explorations of the Uinta 3eds have been attended with such marked success. a i — oe ee 0 SS ee a ee le ee ee ee 1808. | Wortman, Extinct Camelide of North America. 105 anterior root of the zygomatic arch, while upon the left side the greater part of the orbit is missing. Fortunately the skull “contains the dentition nearly complete. In association with it were found the greater part of an ulna and radius of the same individual. A second specimen which I refer to this genus and species includes a large part of both hind legs, together with a large number of vertebre, ribs and other parts of the skeleton. A Fig. 3. Side view of skull of Protylopus petersont. third specimen contains hind limbs and vertebra, while a fourth includes the greater part of a hind foot. The more important generic characters may be stated as follows : Molars tetraselenodont without intermediate cusps. Teeth of the typical number, forty-four, arranged in a continuous series. Canines of both upper and lower jaws small and incisiform, the first inferior premolar not caniniform. The first three superior premolars elongated from before backwards, secant and without accessory cusps, the fourth with single external and internal crescentic cusps. The inferior premolars elongated and cutting, the fourth without internal cusps. Hind feet provided with but two functional digits, the outer ones, second and fifth, reduced to mere vestiges. | Lumbar vertebral formula 7. Ulna and radius, at least in old individuals, codssified in the middle part of their shafts but free at their proximal ends. The skull is crushed laterally so as not to reveal the exact form of the face, but it can be safely stated that the muzzle had 106 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, moderate length, with slightly overhanging nasals, much as in Poétbrotherium wilsoni. ‘The premaxillz are relatively broad and extend upwards and backwards to articulate with the nasals. The orbit is not enclosed by bone posteriorly, but exhibits a marked tendency towards that peculiar roofing so highly charac- teristic of Poébrotherium and the later Tylopoda. In advance of this bony shelf is seen a faint though distinct indication of the supraorbital notch, so constant a feature of the cameloid skull. The lower jaws may be described as long and slender, with a considerably elongated symphysis. The superior incisors are relatively small, of a more or less conical form, and directed downwards. ‘The premaxille were apparently not in contact in the median line. The superior canine is but little larger than the outer incisor, of a more or less hook-shaped appearance, and provided with a distinct sulcus upon the outer portion of the crown as in Poébrotherium wilsoni. "The first premolar follows after a very short interval and, like the second, is a simple two-rooted cutting tooth. The third premo- lar has a faint internal cingular ledge, while the fourth, as already mentioned, is provided with single external and internal crescents. The molars are much worn, and do not show clearly whether or not intermediate tubercles were present, but I think it may be safely assumed, from the general appearance of the crown, that they were absent. In thesecond and third molars, between the internal crescents, is to be seen a small styliform cingular cusp which is entirely absent, so far as I can determine, in Poédro- therium. In the lower jaw the incisors are of a more spatulate form and more procumbent in position. As in the upper jaw, the canine is slightly larger than the outer incisor, but of a very marked incisiform pattern, After a very short Pi tors Crown view of lower teeth of Protylopus interval or diastema, is placed the first premolar, a two-rooted tooth whose crown closely resembles that of the canine, the two teeth being about equal in’size. The second and third premolars have elongated secant crowns like the Tragulines, a. ed 1808. | Wortman, Extinct Camelide of North America, 107 The fourth has a well-marked heel and anterior basal cusp, but there is apparently no internal cusp present. The molars are so much worn that their structure is not very apparent. There can be very little ‘doubt however that they had the usual structure. In the heel of the last molar a prominent accessory cusp is seen upon the border of the inner side near the point where it joins the lower posterior inter- nal cusp. In Poébrotherium this cusp is clearly present, but it has fused with the postero-internal, producing a prominent angle at this portion of the crown. In per- fectly unworn teeth of Poébrothertum wit- soni, it can be readily demonstrated to be an independent cuspule. Of the vertebre, unfortunately, no cervi- cals are known, consequently it is impossi- ble to say whether they exhibit the peculiar features of the more typical Camelidz or not. The dorsals are well represented in specimen No. 2564, the whole series being present, with the exception of the first three or four, together with all the lumbars locked in position. The vertebra resemble those of the modern Llamas closely in their general proportions. The bodies of the anterior dorsals are but moderately keeled, and towards the posterior end of the series strongly keeled; they increase gradually in size from before backward. ‘The neural spine of the fifth is long and recurved, those of the succeeding dorsals decreasing in length posteriorly. The neural spines of the last two are considerably shorter and broader, having an almost vertical direc- tion. The rib facets in the anterior region have their usual relations and positions, the ribs articulating with the vertebra by two Vertebrae of Protylopus peterson (?). Fig. 5. 108 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History... [Vol. X, distinct facets, but in the last two the capitular and tubercular facets appear to be fused together as in these dorsals of the Llama. The lumbars are seven in number, the constant formula for the Tylopoda; they resemble closely the corresponding bones of Poébrotherium and the later Cameloids. The sacrum is composed ~ of only four vertebrze, but it is highly probable that another one _or two was added from the caudal region as age advanced, just as in Poébrotherium and the modern Llamas. The three anterior vertebrae of the sacrum have very reduced neural spines, while in the fourth the spine is well developed. The ribs do not display any characters of especial importance. The pelvis is in a very fragmentary condition, but it may be stated that the ilinm is well expanded, and, so far as one can judge, the whole bone would correspond closely with that of Poébrotherium. The femur is present in its entire length with both ends in a good state of preservation, although the shaft is somewhat crushed. The proximal end has practically the same relations and arrangement of the different parts as that of Poébro- therium and other members of the group. The distal end thus early gives slight though conclusive evidence of the peculiar and characteristic appearances which this part of the bone assumes in the later Camelidz. ‘This is especially seen in the great extension of the condyles backwards behind the median line of the shaft as well as the forward projection of the borders of the rotular groove, which serve to increase the antero-posterior diameter of this part of the bone. Although not clearly indicated on account of crushing, yet there seem to be distinct traces of the beginning — of that peculiar depression at the proximal end of the rotular groove so highly characteristic of the later Tylopoda. In a like manner the patella has begun to assume the distinctively cameloid form by the great elongation of its lower border into a long, pointed process. | : The tibia, which about equals the femur in length, shows a great resemblance to that of Poébrotherium. ‘The cnemial crest is unusually well developed, and extends quite one-third of the way down the shaft. The fibula is much reduced, and although the specimen does not show whether or not the shaft was com- plete, the probabilities are that it consisted of a distal portion Ie a SL eee Oe ee ae ee 1898.] Wortman, Extinct Camelide of North America. 109 only. That part of the shaft which is preserved is very slender and closely applied to the shaft of the tibia. In the hind foot the tarsal bones have nearly the same relations as in Pocbrotherium. The tuber of the calcaneum is somewhat shorter proportionately than in the White River genus, but otherwise both the calcaneum and astragalus are strikingly alike in the two genera. The cuboid of Protylopus is slightly narrower in proportion to its height than the corresponding bone in Poébrotherium, and the navi- cular is provided with a much better developed pos- terior hook. As in Poébro- therium, there are two cunei- forms present, the inner of which is a vestigial nodule of bone only. There are but two func- tional metapodials, the third and fourth, the second and fifth being reduced to mere vestiges. Upon one side the vestige of the second meta- podial is preserved in place, and it is seen to articulate : : Fig. 6. Left hind foot, femur, tibia and fibula by a peculiar ledge-like facet of Protolypus petersoni (2). cal., calcaneum ; * aS., See astragalus ; cé., cuboid ; za., navicular ; cu>., ex- upon the principal cunel- _ ternal cuneiform ; h., head of femur ; tr., greater x . trochanter ; 77?., "lesser trochanter ; Z, tibia ; _73., form. Upon its posterior fibula. surface is a distinct facet by which it articulates with the aaa cuneiform. The remnant of the fifth is not preserved, but the facet by which it articulates with the cuboid is very small, and there can be no doubt that it was as much reduced as the second. The functional metapodials are relatively much shorter than in Poébrotherium, and of a considerably more primitive form. They are well flattened upon their opposed surfaces in the upper half of the extent of their shafts. Below this the inner surfaces of the two bones are well rounded. Unlike the metapodials of Poébrotherium, they lack that characteristic four-sided appear- 110 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, ance of the later Camels, but on the contrary, are more or less triangular upon cross section, especially in the proximal half of their shafts. The metapodials as well as the long bones show their cameloid affinities in the unusually large size of the medul- lary cavities. The phalanges exhibit comparatively few differ- ences from those of Poébrotherium, the unguals being flattened upon their opposed surfaces. ‘The fore foot is entirely unknown, but itis highly probable that it will be found to possess four complete functional toes. It may transpire that the association of this skeleton with the above-described skull is incorrect, and that these bones belong to separate and distinct species; however, they agree so well in the matter of proportionate sizes of the different parts, and both are so distinctly cameloid, that I am persuaded to believe that they refer to one and the same species. It may be noted here, how- ever, that in one of the specimens referred to above (No. 2067), there is evidence that at least one of the lateral metapodials of the hind foot was complete though very slender, and should prob- ably be referred to another species on this account. The bones are, moreover, somewhat more slender and delicate than the one here described. At all events, whatever form of skull belongs with these skeletal parts it is nevertheless certain that the skull of Protylopus, above described, is just such a type as is required to satisfy all the necessary conditions in order to occupy a position in direct ancestral relation with Poébrotherium. The true Tylo- pod phylum is therefore traceable directly to it. Beyond this, there is at present no satisfactory evidence to establish, with any degree of certainty, the identity of the true Camel pedigree. Poébrotherium Zeidy. With a consideration of this genus we pass from the Eocene to the Oligocene representatives of the group. It was estab- lished by Leidy as early as 1847 upon an imperfect skull presen- ted to the Philadelphia Academy by Mr. Alexander Culbertson of Chambersburg, Pa., who was at the time engaged in the western fur trade. It was among the first of the mammalian fossils from the remarkable Bad Lands of the Cheyenne River ae ee ee ee a ed 1808. | Wortman, Extinct Camelide of North America. O11 region, whose treasures were destined in later years to play such an important part in the development of American palzontology. Leidy at first’ regarded the skull as pertaining to a genus nearly allied to the Musk Deer, but later*® pointed out its true position among the Camelide. The generic differences between Poébrotherium and Protylopus are not great, and indeed it would appear at first sight that they are insignificant. It is more than probable, however, as stated Fig. 7. Side view of skull of Poébrotherium wilsont. above, that Protylopus will be found to have four complete and functional digits in the fore limb. So far as our knowledge extends at the present, the chief distinctions are as follows: In Poébrotherium the molars are much more selenoid and the crowns more lengthened than in Proty/opus ; the third superior incisor is larger than the superior canine; the ulna and radius are firmly coéssified, even before the epiphyses of the bones are joined to the shaft and the shaft of the fibula has completely disappeared. Poebrotherium wilsoni Ze/dy. This species, although very abundant in the White River Beds of the Cheyenne River region, has not been very fully described. All of the specimens in the Museum collection have been found in the Lower Oreodon level, and it is doubtful if the vertical range of the species extends much above this point. It differs very markedly from its successor, ?. /adiatum, in the practical 1*Ancient Fauna of Nebraska,’ Dec., 1852, Pp 19. 2 * Extinct Mammalian Fauna of Dakota and Nebraska,’ 1869, p. 141. 112 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. (|Vol. X, absence of diastemata in the lower jaw. The canines of this series are, moreover, broad and incisiform, being separated from the first premolars by very short diastemata. In the same man- ner the second premolars follow after a very short interval. In WT. yudey Fig. 9. Fig. ro. Fig. 8. Fore and hind foot of Poébrotherium wilsont. Fig. 9. Ulna and radius and humerus of Poébrotherium witlsont. Fig. 10. Femur and tibia of Potbrotherium wilsonz. P. labiatum, on the other hand, the lower canines and outer incisors are almost in contact, the canines are subcaniniform in shape, and there is a short diastema in front of,.and a long dias- tema behind, the first inferior premolar. The bones of the limbs and other parts of the skeleton are, as far as can be deter- mined, very much alike in the two species. As in P. labiatum, there is a considerable range in size in the various specimens referred to this species. 1898. | Wortman, Extinct Camelide of North America. 113 Poébrotherium labiatum Cue. The type of this species consists of the larger part of a skele- ton of a single individual from the White River Beds of north- eastern Colorado (No. 6520). Associated with this specimen are two almost complete lower jaws from the same locality (Nos. 6517, 6518) showing the characteristic diastemata of P. /abia/‘um, but considerably smaller. ‘These specimens were erroneously referred by Cope to P. wilsoni. I have not been able to correlate with certainty the level from which these specimens were taken, with that in which similar remains in the Cheyenne River region occur, but judging from Cope’s unpublished sketch of the section of the bed, there can be little doubt that it corresponds closely with the upper part of the Oreodon horizon. This surmise is strength- ened by the fact that there is one specimen in the collection (No. 638), from the extreme upper part of the Oreodon Bed, which agrees in every way with the type of P. /abiatum, except that it is a little larger. Another specimen’ from the Cheyenne River Bad Lands includes a lower jaw and a good part of the skeleton. The lower jaw exhibits the characteristic diastemata of P. labiatum, but is much smaller than the type, and of the same size as the two jaws mentioned above. Unfortunately the exact level of this specimen is not known, but it has eyery appearance of having come from the upper part of the Oreodon stratum. Whether or not these smaller specimens are to be referred to a species distinct from P. /adiatum is a matter which requires a greater amount of material than we at present possess in order to decide correctly. So far as one can determine at present, the only distinction between the two is one of size, and this is not great. Ihave thought best to regard them as belonging to the same species until other differences are shown to exist. Taken as a whole, P. /abiatum, as exemplified by the larger individuals, was considerably larger than 7. wé/soni, and in the possession of diastemata in the lower jaw, as well as the more caniniform shape of the lower canines, makes a distinctive approach to the species from the John Day Beds. In this connection it is proper to observe that no remains of Camels are known from the Proto- ceras level of the White River Beds. When such are found they [ April, 1898.) : Ss and the John Day species. Gomphotherium Cofe. It is especially to Cope that we are indebted for the disco of Camels in a the John Day Beds. The pst remains secured | Fig. 1x. Side view of skull of Gomphotherium sternberg?. es which he distinguished from Poébrotherium by the r mo fied character of the crown, and the one-rooted condition first superior aha As this distingon was founded rf 1* The Phylogeny of the Camelidzx,’ Amer, Nat., 1886, p. 618. a a oh atl ett Cea. be 1898. | Wortman, Extinct Camelide of North America. 115. in many of the later Camelide. In Poébrothertum again, the orbit is not inclosed by bone posteriorly, whereas in Gompho- therium the posterior boundary of the orbit is complete. Another important distinction is seen in the character of the articular facets of the third and fourth metapodials of the fore foot. In Poébrotherium these bones give evidence of having been more widely separated in the living animal, and capable of consider- able independent movement, the facets being relatively large and the opposed surfaces comparatively smooth. In Gompho- therium these facets are much reduced, the metapodials closely applied .to each other and their contiguous surfaces much rough- ened, clearly foreshadowing the codssification of these elements into a cannon bone. Gomphotherium sternbergi Cofe. The type of this species consists of the greater part of the skeleton of a single individual in good preservation from the lower beds of the John Day Valley, Oregon. Other specimens from the same horizon include more or less perfect foot-bones, fragments of jaws, and other parts of the skeleton. The form of the skull presents a striking resemblance to that of the modern Camels in its general make up. The nasal bones are, however, proportionately longer, the bony roof of the orbits not so broad, and the muzzle apparently more laterally constricted in front of the infraorbital foramen. As compared with Poébrotherium and the Llama the face is less bent down on the basicranial axis, in this respect resembling more the skull of the Camel. ‘The verti- cal depth of the face immediately in front of the orbit is rela- tively greater than in Poébrotherium, and the opening of the posterior nares has a more forward position. A very interesting transition from the relatively low, much- swollen otic bulle of Poébrotherium, to the high, little-swollen condition of these parts in the living species, is observable. The otic bulle of all the Camels are highly characteristic ; they con- sist of an inner, longitudinally-directed swollen part, together with an outer vertical buttress, which joins the inner part at an angle, and at the upper limit of which is placed the external 116. Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. X, auditory meatus. Immediately behind the point of junction of these two parts is seen the deep recess where the hyoid arch is articulated to the skull. In Poébrotherium the inner portion of the bulla is much the larger, and the recess for the tympanobyal is inconsiderable. In Gomphotherium the two parts are about equal in size, and the tympanohyal recess much more pro- nounced. In the living genera, Camelus and Auchenia, the inner Fig. 12. Humerus, ulna and radiaus of Gomphotherium sternbergi. part of the bulla is much reduced and the tympanohyal recess is converted into a deep circular pit surrounded by bone. In the skeleton of the limbs the lower end of the femur is peculiar in the unusual size and development of the areas of attachment of the outer and inner heads of the gastrocnemius, This same peculiarity is seen in the femora of old individuals of both Poébrotherium labiatum and Procamelus occidentalts, although to a somewhat less extent, and is doubtless a result of age. The head of the humerus shows the first distinctive change leading to the development of the double bicipital groove, a feature so char- a SAT a ae ee ee ee ee ¥ ot pled 4a a z a eS 4 k: La i i nok Ci aa oh a ie aes Se Lhe aed 1898. | Wortman, Extinct Camelide of North America, 117 acteristic of the later Camelide. In no individual in the collec- tion is there evidence, even in those of the most advanced age, of any traces of bony union of the metapodials. In size G. sternbergi exceeded P. labiatum by at least one-third. Fig. 13. Fig. 13. Femur, tibia and fibula of Gomphotherium sternbergi. Fig. 14. Hind foot of Gomphotherium sternbergi. Gompotherium cameloides, sp. nov.” This species is represented in the collection by an almost com- plete mandibular ramus from the uppermost levels of the John Day deposits (No. 8179). To this same species I also refer an upper dentition (No. 7915), an almost complete fore limb (No. 7912), as well as several other fragments. The chief distinctions 118 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, Fig. 15. Lower jaw of Gomphotherium cameloides. between this species and the older G. sternbergi are seen in the increased size and the absence of a diastema between the lower canine and the outer incisor in G. cameloides. The comparative measurements display these differences in size at a glance; they are as follows : G. sternbergt. G.cameloides. MM. MM. Length of sup. ms. and three posterior pms. 60 83 ae ‘“ inf. ms. and three posterior pms... 65 97 a ‘* entire inferior dentition. ......... 110 170 ie i, anterior=metapodialSea. cng ss «aise 180 228 Fig. 16. Upper teeth of Gomphotherium cameloides. It will therefore be seen that G. cameloides shows the same increase in size over G. sternbergit as G. sternbergi does over Poébrotherium labiatum. Of the bones of tle anterior limb, no differences are observable between them and the corresponding Wig. 17, Humer- parts of G. sternbergi, except in the matter of size us of Gomphothe- * F rium camelotdes. already noted above. ef eee eee ei ~~ sii ath ae Co eS ee cine. tN ae Tee Pee ne Ws eae Ce Ee Lee ee My 5 Oe ae A 7 De ae aie eli Wap Pepys, re oN et eo tee lt SN i Se he eu +. f a 1898. | Wortman, Extinct Camelide of North America. 19 The exact stratigraphical position of this species is several hun- dred feet above that of G. sternbergi, and there can be no doubt whatever that G. cameloides is not only the direct lineal descend- ant of the older species, but is, at the same time, the progeni- tor of the succeeding Loup Fork species. ‘This conclusion is somewhat at variance with the view expressed by Scott,’ in which he says: “ The Camels of the John Day formation do not present any important. modifi- cations of the dentition; in some of them the first upper premolar has but a single fang, ek and others are decidedly re- De ies, duced in size; the former Cope has erected into a_ separate genus, Gomphotheritum. It seems probable that these forms are not in the direct line of the . cameline descent.” A careful examination of Cope’s type of Gomphotherium sternbergt, the only species, by the way, with the exception of the one above named, which has so far been described from these beds, re- veals the fact that the first superior premolar, instead of being a single-rooted tooth, is strongly two-rooted ; and that the succeeding premolars ex- hibit a most interesting and in- structive transitional stage be- afig'%; Uisard tween Poebrotherium and Pro Fi, 19,, Hore foot therium cameloides. tola bis, not only as regards their cameloides. form but their degree of re- duction as well. I- have been unable, after the most exhaus- tive study, to find any evidence whatever tending to show that 1* The Osteology of Poébrotherium,’ 1891, p. 49. 120 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, these John Day species are not in the direct line of the tylopodean ancestry.’ Protolabis Cope. The next step in the line of cameline ancestry is furnished by the genus Profolabis, originally established upon the greater por- tion of both premaxille and maxilla, together with the front of the lower jaw upon one side. This specimen was found near Pawnee Buttes, Colorado, and is from the typical Loup Fork horizon.” Another specimen was found by the writer in the so- called Loup Fork Beds of the upper John Day Valley of central Oregon, which was described by Cope as a new species of the same genus. It consists of the anterior portion of the cranium bearing the complete upper dentition in good preservation. As regards the type specimen upon which the genus was origi- nally founded, it is necessary to remark that the only distinction between it and Procamelus robustus is to be found in the posses- sion of alveoli for the first and second incisors above, which would indicate a complete superior incisor dentition. In Proca- melus, of the adult stage at least, these incisors are wanting. A careful examination of the specimen shows that the part of the premaxilla in front of the third incisor, upon the right side, is much shorter than that upon the left side, and instead of two alveoli there are in reality three, which would make altogether four incisors in the premaxilla upon this side. The correspond- ing part of the premaxilla upon the opposite side is much longer, and contains the two alveoli for the first and second incisors. In every other detail the specimen agrees perfectly with Procamelus robustus. Indeed, Cope has pointed out that these first and sec- ond incisors of this series, in all the species of Procame/us, were 1 In this connection it is proper to call attention to the fact that there are important faunal differences between the upper and lower beds of the John Day deposits. These distinctions are so marked as to entitle them to be regarded as separate and distinct divisions of the North American Miocene Besides the species of cameloids above described, this upper . division contains two species of Merycocherus among the Oreodonts. Mesohippus prastans. among the Horses, and Evotherium humerosum of the Elotheres, which have not been found thus far in the lower division of the beds. There can be little doubt that other important faunal distinctions will be discovered when careful collections are made with this particular object in view. For the lower series the name Diceratherium Beds may be retained, but for the upper series | herewith propose the name Merycochcerus Beds. 2 Proc. Philad. Acad., 1876, p. 145. 1898. | Wortman, Extinct Camelide of North America. [21 retained in the jaw for a longer or shorter period, and in some instances until the animal was almost if not quite adult. In view of these facts I am disposed to interpret this specimen as a case of abnormal retention of the incisors of the rather abundant species P. robustus. If this conclusion is correct, then the spe- cies Protolabis heterodontus becomes a synonym of Procamelus robustus. The second species regarded as belonging to this genus from the Nebraska Loup Fork, Protolabis prehensilis Cope, was founded upon the anterior portion of a lower jaw without teeth, and as there is no indication whatever what the upper dentition was like, the reference at most is mere guesswork. In fact, I doubt very much if it even is specifically distinct from Proca- melus robustus. With the elimination of these forms from the Nebraska Loup Fork, we have left the single species Protolabis transmontanus, represented by the Oregon specimen above referred to. In this specimen we have a genuine case of normal retention of the supe- rior incisors, a fact which separates it at once from /rocamelus, but the distinctions between it and its predecessor, Gomp/othe- rium, are less clear. Cope assumed that it differed’ from this latter genus, in the codssification of the metapodials into a ‘can- non bone, but of this there are no specimens at present known to demonstrate the truth or falsity of such an assumption. It is true that Camel remains have been found in the Deep River Beds of Smith’s Valley, Montana, which deposits have been generally looked upon as older than the Loup Fork of both Oregon and Nebraska. These fossils have been uniformly referred to the genus Protolabis by Cope and Scott, but it does not appear, from any materials with which | am acquainted, whether these remains have been correctly determined or not. Neither skulls, jaws, nor even teeth, are known from this horizon which would enable one to say definitely whether the dentition was that of Profo/abis or Procamelus. The metapodials of both fore and hind feet are united into a cannon bone, and the size almost, if not quite, equals that of Procameius robustus,a circumstance which would seem to indicate that if they belong to the genus Pvofolabis they must represent a different and later species, since Protolabis transmontanus is much smaller, scarcely exceeding Gomphotherium 122 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, cameloides in size. The only valid distinction between P. ¢rans- montanus and G. cameloides is seen in the marked reduction of the second superior premolar in the former, and as this is in the direct line of modification leading to the Loup Fork Procamelus, I have thought best to regard it as of generic rank, especially ~ until the question of the codssification of the metapodials is defi- nitely settled. Protolabis transmontanus Cope. This species was somewhat smaller than the modern Llama, and so far as one can judge from the imperfect remains, exhibits very similar proportions in its general form. ‘The crowns of tke molars are notably shorter and have a more quadrate outline than those of either the modern genus or Procamelus. This, however, may be due in a measure to wear. The superior canine is smaller than the third incisor ; the first premolar is two-rooted, and the second is much reduced in size, as in Procamelus. The first and second incisors are of goodly size, implanted by strong roots and with obliquely-directed, more or less spatula-shaped crowns. The nasals are relatively longer than in tie Llama, and the muzzle is moderately compressed laterally. Procamelus Ze?i/y. In the widespread Loup Fork deposits of the plains region remains of Camels are very numerous ; next to the Horses, they are perhaps the most. abundant fossils to be found in these beds. A number of genera and species of these Camels have. been described, but, as has too frequently happened in the history of the science in this country, unfortunately, misplaced zeal in the finding and describing of new forms has been allowed to run riot, and much of this work is apparently characterized by an utter lack of the most ordinary display of judgment and_discrimina- tion. No less than four or five genera have been proposed, of which not more than two are entitled to recognition. Of these Procamelus is the more abundant, and is represented by three well-marked and easily-distinguished species. ‘The most distinc- tive features of the genus are the possession of a full complement 1898. | Wortman, Extinct Camelide of North America. 123 of premolars in both jaws, the loss of the first and second pairs of incisors in the upper jaw in the adult stage, and the at least partial codssification of the metapodials of both fore and hind feet into cannon bones. Procamelus robustus Ze/dy. I place as synonyms of the above those proposed by Cope, Protolabis heterodontus and Protolabis prehensilis. The type specimen, as figured by Leidy, consists of a lower jaw bearing all the premolars and molars with the exception of the second, together with the second and third molars of the upper jaw. The jaw is broken just in advance of the first premolar so as not to show the characters of the incisors, canine and chin. In Cope’s type of P. heterodontus the lower jaw is preserved as far back as the root of the last premolar, and this is associated with the almost complete superior dentition. The type of P. prehensilis is represented by the front of both rami of the lower jaw, associated with a last lower molar. A careful comparison of these speci- mens reveals a remarkable agreement in all details, and I do not think there can be any question of their belonging to one and the same species. The only difference worthy of note is seen in the _jaw fragment which constitutes the type of P. prehensilis ; in this specimen the chin is not so abrupt nor deep, and the lower border of the symphysis is more nearly in line with the long axis of the jaw. ‘The size is practically the same in all. I distinguish the species by the following characters: Size, large ; lower molars with much greater transverse diameter than in other species ; symphysis not codssified ; chin abrupt and deep. In one speci- men only is the upper incisor dentition known, and in this the first and second incisors are retained. It may transpire that this is not an abnormal case as expressed above; but that it is a further character of the species. No other parts of the skeleton are known with certainty. Procamelus occidentalis Zezdy. This species is by far the most abundant of the Camels in the Loup Fork Beds. i regard the name proposed by Leidy, Homo- , 124 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. X, camelus caninus, as synonymous with the above, together with Procamelus angustidens given by Cope to various remains. It is somewhat smaller than P. robustus, and is altogether intermediate in size between this latter species and P. gracilis. It can be readily distinguished from P. robustus by the codssification of the two rami of the lower jaw at the mandibular symphysis, and especially by the narrow lower molars. The first and second incisors disappear early in life and no traces of their alveoli are seen in the adult skull. A large part of the skeleton is known, and this is surprisingly lke the modern genera. The two main metapodials are firmly united into a cannon bone, and the ves- tigial representatives of the two lateral metapodials are coéssified with them. No ungual phalanges, however, are known, and it is a matter of uncertainty whether they were relatively high and compressed like the early Camels, or whether they were broad and depressed like those of the living camelus. It is probable that when found they will show the intermediate conditions between these two extremes. Most of the skeleton has been described and figured by Cope,! and need not be repeated here. Procamelus gracilis Zeidy. The species, described by Cope under the name of ?. fssédens, agrees in every particular, so far as the measurements are con- cerned, with the above, and I therefore regard them as synony- mous. /. gracilis is the smallest species of the genus, and its remains are not uncommon in the Loup Fork Beds of Colorado and Nebraska. It about equals the modern Llama in size, and is considerably smaller than P. occidentalis. Of the materials in the collection referable to this species, there are three lower jaws. One of these has the posterior part of the symphysis preserved, and this agrees with P. rodustus and differs from P. occidentalis in the lack of codssification of the rami, although the well-worn teeth indicate an old animal. The lower molars are of the nar- row type, in this respect agreeing with P. occidentalis rather than P. robustus, In two of the specimens the second premolar is well developed and two-rooted, but in the third specimen this tooth is much reduced and single-rooted, thus indicating a ten- 1 Surv. W. rooth M., p. 3209. 1898. | Wortman, Extinct Camelide of North America, 12 5 * = “a U Fig. 20. Top and under view of skull of Procamelus gracilis, after Cope. dency to disappear. ‘This, it may be said, constitutes a decided advance in the direction of the next genus, Pliauchenta, in which this tooth is permanently absent. I give herewith some compara- tive measurements of the three known species in order that the differences in size may be more readily understood : 126 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. (Vol. X, P. robustus. P. occidentalis. P. gracilis. MM. MM. MM. > Length of last three pms. and ms..... 152 126 III 133 126 135. Length of last three pms. and / 106 go 77 AYSE CWGOOMS 2. ses eee eer \ 85 76 88 76 g2 Two incomplete metapodials in the collection, which are of suitable size for those of this species, show lack of bony union, notwithstanding the fact that the epiphyses are completely joined ~ to the shaft. It is not certain, but there is evidence, that these metapodials belong to the fore foot, in which event it will not be surprising to find in more complete and perfect specimens that these bones are not codssified in this species, except in old indi- viduals. In the hind foot the metapodials are completely united, as is shown by several specimens. In one specimen, which corre- sponds in size with P. occidentalis, the proximal part of the cannon bone shows lack of bony union for a distance of nearly two inches down the shaft. Pliauchenia Coe. The only character so far known in which this genus differs from Pyrocamelus is found in the absence of the second lower premolar, and as this constitutes an important step in the dental evolution of the Camels, the species displaying it are entitled to rank as a separate and distinct genus, The exact stratigraphic position of the group is not known, owing to the imperfect collect- ing that has been done in the Loup Fork Beds. It is generally stated that Plauchenia was contemporaneous with Procamelus in the Loup Fork, and comes from the same horizon, but of this one cannot be certain. It must be remembered that this deposit is several hundred feet in thickness in places, and it would not be a matter for surprise if it is found, upon more careful investigation, that Procamelus comes from the lower levels and Pliauchenia from the upper strata of the same bed. Three species have been described by Cope, of which two are from the Loup Fork of New Mexico and one from the later hea es 1898. | Wortman, Extinct Camelide of North America. 127 Blanco Beds of Texas. One of these species, P. vu/canorum, was founded upon a superior maxillary bone with most of the teeth in place, but as the diagnosis of the genus rests exclusively upon the number of premolars in the lower jaw, I do not see how this species can be admitted until the lower dentition is determined. It is therefore discarded. Pliauchenia humphresiana Co/c. The type of this species consists of the anterior portion of two lower jaws from the Loup Fork of New Mexico. ag > Loup Fork, 400 Procamelus. H Procamelis occidentalis,” as ~ Procamelus robustus. P. gracilis. Ss : a ag wpa ent Moek BUN OR ian ieee Pee RARE See a a Dire Ti met 8 Miesns, Deep River. 200 Cyclopidius. Protolabis. 3 INTERVAL] OF MIGRATION, S : : 8 : Merycocheerus. Gomphotherium camelotdes, 8 John Day. 1000 = : +t : L Diceratherium. Gomphotherium sternbergi. Ss ae ‘ & Protoceras. $ : ANG 0) GPR ES r" ; gS Oligocene. White River. 800 Oreodon. Poébrotherium labiatum, ey Titanotherium. Poebrotherium wilsoni. = 3 ES : Diplacodon. Protylopus. Parameryx. = Uinta. 800 a : shad et = BS Telmatotherium. ies ane = Bridger. 2000 Uintatherium. ? Homacodon. Eocene, Wind River. 800 Bathyopsis. ae Wasatch. 2000 Coryphodon. ? Pantolestes. S Torrejon. 300 Pantolambda. _ Puerco, 500 Polymastodon. tel 142 Bulletin American Museum of. Natural History. ae EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI. | A, | hind metapodials of Protylopus puedes Rs ore and hind. of Poébrotherium wilsoni ; C, fore and hind metapodials and head « f of Poébrotherium labiatum ; D, same species from higher level; Z hind metapodials and head of humerus of Gomphotherium ster ee hind metapodials of Gomphotherium eameloides ; ‘G, Sgcl of A Aes Jama. Butietin A. M. N. H. Vor. X, Pirate XI. METAPODIALS OF EXTINCT CAMELOIDS. Article VIII.—DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW MAMMALS FROM WESTERN‘ MEXICO AND LOWER CALI- FORNIA. By J. A. ALLEN. For an important part of the material forming the basis of the present paper I am indebted to Mr. Oldfield Thomas, curator of mammals at the British Museum, who, in sending specimens of small mammals from the State of Sinaloa, Mexico, and the Cape region of Lower California for comparison with material in the American Museum of Natural History, has kindly given me permission to describe such as seemed to, be new. Of the 14 species sent, 7 appear not to have been before described. The Museum is also indebted to Mr. Thomas for permission to retain a set of the duplicates of the species represented, including the types of the new species. The rest of the material here reported upon was received a few months since from Mr. A. W. Anthony, being the results of his mammal collecting at numerous islands off the west coast of Lower California during 1897. This collection contains 103 speci- “mens, representing about 18 species, of which g are here de- scribed as new. ‘The others are as follows, with their localities : Dorcelaphus hemionus eremicus Mearns, 2 2? ad.—Turtle Bay, June 26, and Playa Maria Bay, July 3. Zalophus californianus (Lesson), 6 ad., and additional female skull, Guadalupe Island, March 26. Tamias leucurus peninsule Allen, 4 specimens, all adults ; two from San José del Cabo, April 24, and two from San Juanico Bay, June 12. Four specimens of Peromyscus are left undetermined, some of which, in all probability, represent undescribed forms, but the material is too limited to warrant such an assumption. Marmosa sinaloz, sp. nov. Similar in general coloration to A/. canescens Allen from the Isthmus of Tehuantepec, but much smaller and more slender. Skull 31 x 16.5 as compared with 35 x 20 in AZ. canescens. Teeth proportionately smaller and weaker. [143] 144 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, Measurements.'—Type, éad., total length, 242; tail, 130; hind foot, 16; ear, 22. Another male, total length, 215; tail, 122; hind foot, 18; ear, 25. A female, total length, 205 ; tail, 115; hind foot, 16; ear, 22. Skull.—Total length, 31; basal length, 29; greatest zygomatic breadth, 16.5; breadth across postorbital processes, 6.2 ; width of brain-case, 11.2; length of nasals, 13.7; tip of premaxillaries to posterior border of palatal floor, 17; length of lower jaw (alveolar border to condyle), 22; height at condyle, 3; height at coronoid process, 7. Type.—No. 448 (collector’s number), ¢ad., Tatemales, State of Sinaloa, Mexico, May 14, 1897; collected by P. O. Simons. This is a miniature of J. canescens, and one of the most ‘diminutive of Opossums. In coloration its general resemblance to MW. canescens is striking, being, however, a little browner above, and a little more strongly tinted with pale yellow below. The type and one other specimen (collector’s No. 441) are from Tate- males, and a third is from Rosario, Sinaloa, Mex., the latter taken April 23, and the two former May 13 and 14, 1897. Thespecimens are adult, but not old, and have been compared with specimens of MW. canescens of corresponding ages. Lepus peninsularis Zhomas, MS., sp. nov. Similar in general features to Z. cimerascens Allen, but much paler in coloration and rather smaller. Above pale grayish brown, grizzled with black; darker and browner on dorsal region, grayer and much paler on sides; top of head like back; ventral surface white; upper surface of hind feet white, lower surface of same strongly yellowish grizzled brown; upper surface of fore feet brownish white, lower surface brown- ish yellow. Measurements.—Type ad. (collector's No. 438); total length, 324; tail vertebre, 20; hind foot, 73; ear, 61. Another specimen, ¢ ad; (collector's No. 439), total length, 319; tail vertebrae, 18; hind foot, 76; ear, 65. Skull,—Total length, 61.5; basal length, 52; greatest zygomatic breadth, 30; breadth at postorbital constriction, 9.5; length of nasals, 26; width, posteriorly, 11, anteriorly, 7; length of molar series at alveolar border, 11.5; width of palatal floor at middle, 9; length of lower jaw, incisive border to angle, 43; height at condyle, 25. 1 All measurements are in millimetres, and, when not otherwise stated, are, in the case of skins, the collector’s measurements from the fresh specimens. 1898. | Allen, New Mammals from Mexico and L. Cal. 145 Type.—No. 438 (collector's number), ?ad., Santa Anita, Lower California, July 17, 1896; collected by D. Coolidge. Another specimen (collector’s No, 439), éad., same date and place. This species belongs to the Lepus trowbridget-cinerascens group, of which it will doubtless prove only a subspecies. It differs little in size or proportions from Z. cénerascens, but is markedly different in color, even when. examples taken at the same season (July) are compared. The dark ashy gray cast of the upper parts seen in cinerascens is replaced in peninsularts by a paler buffy or brownish suffusion much like that of Z. arizone ; the feet are whiter above and much lighter below, and the grayish white of the ventral surface is replaced by clear white, which occupies a much larger extent of the apical portion of the hairs. In the two skulls of peninsularis the nasals are broader than in any skull of a large series of cinerascens, but in other respects the cranial characters are much the same in both species. Lepus cerrosensis, sp. nov. Above very pale fulvous brown, copiously grizzled with black-tipped hairs; sides pale fulvous gray ; below white, the plumbeous underfur showing through the surface, owing probably to the worn condition of the coat; pectoral band pale yellowish brown; upper surface of fore feet pale fawn color; of hind feet, ~white tinged with pale yellowish; soles pale grayish brown with a fulvous tinge; tail dark gray above, white below; ears dull grayish brown. Total length, 310; tail vertebrae, 25; hind foot (in skin), 54; ear (ftom notch), 46. Skull.—Total length, 58; basal length, 49; greatest zygomatic breadth, 28.5; breadth at postorbital constriction, 10; breadth of nasals posteriorly, 9; length of nasals, 12. Type, and only specimen, No. 1284, 9 ad., Cerros Island, Lower Califor- nia, April 17, 1897; collected by A. W. Anthony. This species is represented by a single specimen from Cerros Island, collected April 17, 1897, by Mr. Anthony. It is in poor condition, being in the midst of the spring molt, but the new hair is sufficiently advanced to render description not difficult. It is apparently a young adult, but fully grown, as the size is quite equal to that of the other members of the Lepus trowbridget group, of which this is an apparently well-marked insular form. [May, 1898.] 10 146 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. \|Vol. X, Lepus arizonz confinis, subsp. nov. Coloration above much like that of Lepus peninsularis, the brownish suffu- sion of the upper parts being very much darker than in ZL. arizone, the sides of the body and cheeks especially darker, as are also the feet and the pectoral band, and the white of ventral surface is less pure—more of a grayish white—and less extensive. Length, in comparison with Z. avizone, 310 as against 375; hind foot, 61 as against 76; ear (from notch), 65 as against 70. Skull (in comparison with Z. arizone).—Total length, 60.5 as against 65; basal length, 53 as against 56; greatest zygomatic breadth, 29 as against 32; interorbital breadth (behind postorbital processes), 9.5 as against 11.5; breadth of nasals posteriorly, 10.5 as against 12.3; length of nasals, 24.5 as against 28. Type, and only specimen, No. 44347, Qad., Playa Maria, Lower California, July 8, 1897; collected by A. W. Anthony. This is a small dark form of the Z. avizone group, strikingly different in coloration from either Z. avizone proper or ZL. a. major Mearns. Thomomys fulvus anitz, subsp. nov. Similar in coloration to 7. faédvus, but with the rostral portions of the skull, particularly the nasals, much modified. Coloration above strong yellowish brown, slightly darker along the median line; below buff, nearly to the base of the hairs. Region about the mouth and entrance to cheek pouches and ear patch blackish. Measurements.—Male adult, total length, 250; tail vertebrae, 83; hind foot, 34; ear, 9. Female adult, total length, 222; tail vertebrae, 62; hind foot, 35; ear, 8.5. Skull, 6 ad.—Total length, 42; basal length, 38.7; greatest zygomatic breadth, 26.5; mastoid breadth, 21; least interorbital breadth, 8; length of nasals, 14.6; width of nasals posteriorly, 2.5, anteriorly, 4; extent of intermax- illaries beyond nasals, 2; interparietal, 3 x 4, ending anteriorly in an obtuse angle. The nasals broaden uniformly from the posterior border to the front— not abruptly from the beginning of the apical third anteriorly, as in 7. felvus. Type.—Male adult, No. 129 (collector’s number), Santa Anita, Lower Cali- fornia, May 29, 1896; collected by D. Coolidge. In coloration 7. fulvus anite is not different from average examples of 7. fulvus, except that on the ventral surface the buffy tint is deeper and extends nearly to the base of the hairs, 1898. | Allen, New Mammals from Mexico and L. Cal. 147 the usual plumbeous basal zone being nearly obsolete in the three specimens examined. ‘The chief difference between this form and true 7. fudvus consists in the even, straight lateral outline of the nasals. It is, however, rather larger than topotypes of 7. fulvus of corresponding age. Based on two specimens ( ¢ ad. and @ ad.) from Santa Anita, and an additional adult from San José del Cabo, Lower California. Thomomys fulvus martirensis, subsp. nov. Size larger than typical 7. fa/vus, and coloration much less fulvous, being of a pronounced grayish cast, especially in old adults. Above dull grayish brown, varied with blackish, especially along the median line, with a suffusion of pale fulvous, chiefly on the sides. Below grayish white, the hairs extensively plumbeous at base ; sometimes the tips of the hairs with a faint yellowish tinge. Ear patch blackish, and the parts surrounding the mouth and openings to the cheek pouches dusky. Tail and feet dull grayish white. Younger individuals are more suffused with fulvous, both above and below. Measurements.—Adult male, total length, 248 ; tail vertebrz, 67 ; hind foot (in skin), 31. Adult female (average of 8 specimens), 230; tail vertebrae, 70. Skull, adult male, total length, 44.5; basal length, 41; greatest zygomatic breadth, 25; mastoid breadth, 21; least interorbital breadth, 9; length of nasals, 16; widthof nasals posteriorly, 2.5, anteriorly, 5. In females and young - males the interparietal is subquadrate and of the usual size and form seen in T. fulvus; in old males it becomes much smaller, and in the type is quite oblit- erated, being overgrown by the lateral ridges for muscular attatchment. Type.—No. $33%, 6 ad., San Pedro Martir Mountains (alt. 8200 feet), Lower California. T. fulvus martirensis is based on a series of 14 specimens col- lected in the San Pedro Martir Mountains, Lower California, at varying altitudes from 7000 to 8200 feet, by Messrs. A. W. Anthony and E. C. Thurber, in May, 1893, and previously re- ferred (Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., V, 1893, p. 183), with much hesitation, to 7. fulvus. They are easily separated, however, by their large size and grayish coloration, only the younger individ- uals showing a very marked suffusion of fulvous. In cranial characters the two forms present no very marked difference, the nasals being of the usual tvpe seen in 7. fu/vus, and thus very different from the nasals in 7. /. antte. 148 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. X, Thomomys atrovarius, sp. nov. Size medium, hind foot (from dry skin), 28. Nasals narrow, only slightly expanded apically ; interparietal very small, triangular, the apex forming the anterior border ; upper incisors with very slight curvature. Plumbeous Phase.—Above plumbeous, slightly tinged with brown through a slight brownish tipping of the hairs ; below plumbeous, the hairs very slightly grayish tipped ; feet very thinly covered with whitish hairs ; tail nearly naked, the hairs mixed plumbeous and gray, most abundant towards the base. (Two specimens.) A third specimen is slate black, the sides with the hairs faintly tipped with fulvous brown, most conspicuous posteriorly near the hips. Measurements.—Young adult male (collector’s number 452), total length, 210; tail vertebrze, 65; hind foot (from skin), 28; ear, 7. Adult female, total length, 200; tail vertebrae, 62; hind foot (from skin), 28; ear, 7. Another specimen, a very old male, without collector's measurements, is larger, measur- ing, in skin, total length, 240 ; tail, 76 ; hind foot, 29. Skull, ad. (very old), total length, 40 ; basal length, ? (base of skull broken); greatest zygomatic breadth, 24.5; mastoid breadth, 19.5 ; interorbital breadth, 7; length of nasals, 9; width of nasals posteriorly, 2.4, anteriorly, 3.7 ; inter- parietal wholly concealed. Female (very old), total length, 37; basal length, 36; greatest zygomatic breadth, 25; mastoid breadth, rg; interorbital breadth, 7 ; length of nasals, 8; width of nasals, posteriorly, 2.2, anteriorly, 4 ; interparie- tal, triangular, 4.8x3. Nasals widening evenly from posterior border anteriorly, without the usual sudden expansion towards the apical border. The young male skull is of the same size as that of the old female, but has still narrower nasals and a smaller interparietal (3 x 214). Type.—No. 452 (collector’s number), young adult 4, Tatemales, State of Sinaloa, Mexico, May 15, 1897; collected by P. O. Simons. This species is based on three adult specimens, two males (of different ages, as noted above) and a female, the latter from Rozario, the two males from the nearby locality of ‘Tatemales, State of Sinoloa, Mexico, collected by P. O. Simons, respectively April 3 and May 15 and 17, 1897. It apparently most resembles 7. orizabe Merriam, from Mt. Orizaba (alt. g500 ft.), State of Puebla, Mexico, but as the lo- calities are far apart, and the physical conditions very different, they are not likely to prove the same. ——— = _ ea a er 1898. | Allen, New Mammals from Mexico and L. Cal. 149 Perognathus pernix, sp. nov. In coloration similar to P. fa//ax, but one-third smaller, with the tail rela- tively much shorter, and without conspicuous thigh bristles. General color above yellowish brown profusely lined with blackish, paler on the sides, with a broad fulvous lateral line ; below white to the base of the hairs ; upper surface of fore leg pale fulvous to elbow; outer surface of hind leg strong fulvous to tarsus. Tail bicolor,—brown above and whitish below,—sparsely haired except towards the end, where it becomes moderately crested and penicillate at the tip. Measurements.—Male adult (type), total length, 165 ; tail vertebrae, 90; hind foot, 22; ear, 9. Female adult, total length, 165 ; tail vertebrae, 88 ; hind foot, 22; ear, IO. Skull.—Total length, 25; basal length, 19.6; greatest breadth (mastoid), 2; interorbital breadth, 6; length of nasals, 8.5. Type.—No. 139 (collector's number), ¢ ad., Rosario, State of Sinaloa, Mexico, Feb. 22, 1897 ; collected by P. O. Simons. This species is based on three specimens, two from Rosario, and one from Mazatlan, State of Sinaloa, Mexico. It resembles Perognathus fallax in coloration, but is less dark than average examples of that species. The tail is relatively shorter and much ~ less crested, and appears to lack the bristles on the rump and thighs so characteristic of P. fallax. That the small size is not due to immaturity is shown by the very worn condition of the ‘teeth in each of the three specimens. A large series of P. fallax averages about 200 mm. in total length, as against 165 mm. in the three examples of P. pernix ; the tail in P. fallax ranges from g2 to 130, ek about I10, as against 89 in P. pernix. Neotoma sinalog, sp. nov. Size medium, ears rather small, with small audital bullz ; molar series short and broad; strong sulcus on antero-interior border of m+; palatal opening broad, considerably expanded anteriorly ; rostral portion of skull rather broad. Above (2 adult, collector’s No. 446), deep fulvous brown, sparingly varied with black-tipped hairs; top of head grayer, less fulvous ; beneath white, the fur plumbeous basally ; feet white ; tail well haired, bicolor, blackish brown 150 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. X, above, much lighter below. Two other specimens (younger) are much less fulvous, and one of them is strongly varied with black-tipped hairs, especially over the posterior half of the dorsal area. Measurements.—Two females measure respectively : total length, 332, 315; tail vertebree, 160, 155; hind foot (in skin), 32, 31; ear, 27, 25. A male (some- what younger) measures the same as the smaller female. Skull (2 ad., collector’s No. 446). Total length, 41.5; basal length, 37 ; greatest zygomatic breadth, 21.5; mastoid breadth, 15.2; least interorbital breadth, 4.8; length of nasals, 15.4; greatest breadth of nasals anteriorly, 4.3; width of rostrum at base, 4; inner base of incisors to posterior border of palate, 17; length of upper tooth row, 7. Type.— ¢ ad. (collector’s No. 446), Tatameles, State of Sinaloa, Mexico, May 14, 1897; collected by P. O. Simons. Two other specimens, sub-adult, same locality and collector, May 6 and 14. This form greatly resembles JV. mexicana in coloration, but has a rather longer tail, heavier dentition and a much deeper sulcus on the antero-interior border of m+, and very much smaller bulle, the bullz being about half as large as in MZ. mexicana. Neotoma arenacea, sp. nov. Above grayish brown, sparingly lined with black-tipped hairs, and with a faint suffusion of dull fulvous brown, much lighter and grayer on the head ; feet wholly white ; underparts white, the fur grayish plumbeous for the basal half ; tail very scantily haired, pale brown, indistinctly bicolor, the upper surface being but little darker than the dull grayish lower surface ; ears large, pale brown, nearly naked. Measurements.—Adult males, two specimens, respectively : total length, 351 and 349 ; tail vertebrae, 164 and 167; hind foot, 36 and 35; ear, 30 and 31. Adult female, total length, 330; tail vertebrae, 160; hind foot, 36.5 ; ear, 32. Skull.—Rostral portion narrow, slender ; ascending branches of intermaxil- laries extending much (3 mm.) beyond the nasals; lateral border of frontals forming a sharp ridge or bead, extending from posterior termination of inter- maxillaries to parietals and forming straight evenly diverging lines ; anterior opening of infraorbital foramina narrow, the outer wall narrow and evenly rounded off on the upper anterior border ; molar series narrowing posteriorly, m® being about one-third narrower than m!; sulcus on antero-interior face of m! obsolete ; palatal opening considerably broader anteriorly than between pterygoids ; bullae of medium size. Total length ( é ad., collector’s No. 611), 40.2; basal length, 41; greatest zygomatic breadth, 23.5 ; mastoid breadth, 17.2; —~ x 1898. | Allen, New Mammals from Mexico and L. Cal. I51 least interorbital breadth, 5.3; length of nasals, 18.2; breadth of rostrum at base, 4.3; greatest breadth of nasals anteriorly, 5 ; inner base of incisors to posterior border of palate, 15; length of upper molar series (crown surface), 7. Female adult (collector’s No. 509), total length, 44 ; basal length, 38.5; greatest zygomatic breadth, 22 ; mastoid breadth, 16.6 ; least interorbital breadth, 5.3 ; length of nasals, 16.8. Type.— ad. (collector's No. 611), San José del Cabo, Lower California, Aug. 6, 1896 ; collected by D. Coolidge. This species is represented by three fine specimens, two of which are from San José del Cabo, July 28 and Aug. 6, and one from Sierra Laguna, L. Cal., June 16, 1896. All are adult, with the teeth moderately worn. Neotoma arenacea is apparently related most nearly to JV. Suscipes macrotus, but is rather smaller and very much paler in col- oration, with less hairy and much lighter colored tail, and differs besides notably in the greater posterior extension of the inter- maxillaries beyond the nasals, and the very different configuration of the frontals, especially in the sharp, heavy and straight supra- orbital bead. The dentition is lighter (the molars narrower); the anteorbital opening is narrower, but the palatal opening is similar in the two forms. It is evidently a member of the WV. fuscipes group, differing from true fwscifes in the direction of WV. /. - macrotis, but with the distinctive features of the latter exaggerated, with other differentiations added. Neotoma anthonyi, sp. nov. Size small, general coloration dark gray; posterior surface of hind legs con- spicuously blackish; feet wholly white; front border of nasals strongly rounded. Above grayish brown, moderately varied with blackish-tipped hairs, and faintly suffused with a very pale tint of brownish fulvous, rather stronger on the sides ; top of head scarcely different from back; feet pure white ; upper sur- face of fore arm and outer surface of hind leg blackish, in strong contrast not only with the white feet, but with the general coloration; below white, the under fur plumbeous, except along a narrow median band, where the white extends to the base of the hairs; tail bicolor, blackish brown above, grayish white below, fairly well clothed with short hairs. Measurements,—Four adult males: total length, 329 (330-345); tail vertebre, 139 (132-146); hind foot (from skin), 35 (34-36); ear (from skin), 24 (23-25). Adult female, total length, 324; tail vertebra, 149. 152 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. (Vol. X, Skull.— 6 ad. (No. +2344), total length, 46; basal length, 42; greatest zygo- matic breadth, 25; mastoid breadth, 18.2; least interorbital breadth, 4.8; breadth of rostrum at base, 4.6; length of nasals, 18; greatest breadth of nasals anteriorly, 5; inner base of incisors to end of palate, 18; length of upper molar series, 8. The nasals are strongly rounded in front; palatal opening of moderate width, not expanding anteriorly; m+ with sulcus on antero-interior border, supraorbital bead weakly developed. This species is based on five adult specimens (34 6 , 1 2), collected on Todos Santos Island, Lower California, May 1-12, 1887, by Mr. A. W. Anthony, in whose honor the species is named, in recognition of his important zodlogical work in Lower California and its outlying islands. Type.—é ad. (No. 4484), Todos Santos Island, Lower California, May 11, 1897; collected by A. W. Anthony. Neotoma anthonyi is too distinct, both in coloration and cranial details, to require comparison with any of its congeners. Neotoma bryanti MZerriam. Neotoma bryanti Merriam was described (Am. Nat., XXI, Feb., 1887, pp. 191-193) from a single specimen, in very bad condition, from Cerros Island, Lower California. A fine series of topotypes, numbering 18 specimens’, all in good condition and representing various ages, renders it desirable to give some further account of this peculiar rat. The type specimen was driven from its nest by fire, and thus became badly singed. “This unfortunate circum- stance,” says Dr. Merriam, “together with the fact that the skin was preserved in brine, explains the very poor condition in which it reached me. Enough remains, however, to show that the species differs remarkably from all known representatives of the genus in possessing a very dark belly, which, in this individual at least, is absolutely concolor with the back and sides. It may be added that the dark color of the underparts is in no way due to the scorching above mentioned” (I. c., p. 191). The fact remains, however, that not one of my 18 topotypes has the underparts as above described, they being white, the fur long, full and soft, with the usual plumbeous under fur seen in most 1 Collected by Mr. A. W. Anthony, April 1-3 and July 4, 1897. 1898. ] ‘Allen, New Mammals from Mexico and L. Cal. 153 t members of the genus. Owing to the imperfection of the original description (the only previous notice of the species) the species may be redescribed as follows : Adult.—Above pale fulvous brown, moderately varied with black-tipped hairs; top of head and face grayer; sides paler grayish fulvous, with less black; below white, in some specimens with a faint tinge of buff; the middle portion of ventral surface, from the upper part of breast to tail, forming a broad band, with the white extending to the base of the hairs; sides of the ventral area with fur more or less plumbeous at base; feet wholly white; tail very light grayish brown above, lighter below, scantily haired. Young Adult.—Grayish brown, strongly varied with black and _ slightly suffused with a pale tinge of fulvous, giving a faint olivaceous effect; below with the pure white median band narrower and sometimes interrupted by the intru- sion of plumbeous under fur from the sides of the ventral area; feet and tail as in the adults. Nursing Young.—Similar in general coloration to the young adults. Measurements.—Six adult males: total length, 372 (352-387); tail vertebrz, 165 (153-177). Three adult females : total length, 352 (350-352); tail vertebre, 154 (152-155). Hind foot, measured from the dry skin, 38-40; ear, 26-29. Skull.—é ad., total length, 48; basal length, 44; greatest zygomatic breadth, 25; mastoid breadth, 20; least interorbital breadth, 5; breadth of rostrum at base, 4.7; length of nasals, 17 5; greatest breadth of nasals anteriorly, 5; inner base of incisors to posterior border of palate, 21; length of upper molar series (crown surface), 8. Female ad., total length, 45; basal length, 42; greatest zygomatic breadth, 23; mastoid breadth, 19; least interorbital breadth, 5. The anterior molar (m+) has a well-defined sulcus on the antero-interior border, palatal region rather narrow, including palatal opening, which is very slightly broadened anteriorly; the supraorbital border of frontal strongly beaded, leaving the surface of frontals deeply hollowed. This species bears a much nearer relationship to JV. arenarius than to the WV. fuscipes group, especially as represented by J. /. macrotis. It is very much smaller than the latter, with a more naked and relatively shorter tail, much smaller ears, and very much paler coloration. It also differs very much from the latter in many cranial details. The unusual coloration ascribed to the type of JV. 4éryanti must have been due to the singed and otherwise bad condition of the specimen. 154 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, Peromyscus eremicus propinquus, subsp. nov. Similar to P. eremicus fraterculus, but less fulvous and much more strongly varied with black. Above prevailing color blackish brown suffused with pale grayish fulvous, stronger on the sides, where it passes into a deep fulvous lateral line; below white, the under fur dusky plumbeous ; feet white, lower part of tibia dusky ; ears very large, naked ; tail brownish above, a little lighter below, nearly naked except toward the tip. Measurements.—Male adult (type), total length, 190; tail vertebra, 100 ; hind foot (from skin), 18.5 ; ear (from skin), 19. Average of three specimens (16, 29¢), total length, 18g; tail vertebrae, roo. Type.— 8 ad., No. 48838, San Pablo Point (San Pablo Bay), Lower Cali- fornia, June 22, 1897; collected by A. W. Anthony. This form is based, on 4 specimens, from San Pablo Point, Pacific coast of Lower California, collected June 22, 1897, by Mr. Anthony. Itisa dark form of the P. eremicus group, holding apparently the same relation to P. eremicus fraterculus that P. texanus thurbert holds to P. texanus gambcli, with the same rela- tive distribution. Aside from coloration, howéver, P. fexanus propinquus differs notably from P. texanus fraterculus in its con- spicuously larger ears. Peromyscus cedrosensis, sp. nov. Above brown, suffused with fulvous, and varied with blackish, passing on the sides into a broad ochraceous lateral line ; below white, the under fur plumbeous, with a conspicuous longitudinal streak of fulvous on the breast, extending in some specimens to the abdomen ; feet white, lower part of hind leg dusky ; soles naked ; ears large, pale brown, naked ; tail pale brown, almost naked, nearly unicolor. Measurements.—Adult male (type), total length, 194; tail vertebrae, 107 ; hind foot (from skin), 20; ear (from skin), 15. Three adults (1 4, 222), total length, 197 (194-204) ; tail vertebrae, 108 (106-117). Skull.— 2 ad., total length, 26 ; basal length, 21 ; zygomatic breadth, anteri- orly, 10, posteriorly, 13; mastoid breadth, 10.5; interorbital breadth, 3.5 ; length of nasals, 9.6. Type.— & ad., No. 44888, Cerros Island, Lower California, April 1, 1897 ; collected by A. W. Anthony. 1898. | Allen, New Mammals from Mexico and L.Cal. 155 Peromyscus cedrosensis is based on 4 adult specimens (1 4, 3 22 ) from Cerros (or Cedros) Island, Lower California, of which 3 were taken April 1 and 2, and 1 July 4, 1897, by Mr. Anthony. They are practically identical in coloration, except that the ful- vous pectoral streak is indistinct in the July specimen, which is in rather worn pelage. This species is nearest P. eremicus fraterculus Miller in color- ation, but is much darker, with the lateral line much brighter, and the pectoral streak stronger and apparently much more constant. Peromyscus cineritius, sp. nov. Size large, coloration light ashy gray. Above light ashy gray, sparingly varied with blackish-tipped hairs, with a very slight suffusion of pale fulvous; beneath white nearly to the base of the fur; feet white, thinly haired; tail bicolor, dorsal third dusky brown, thc sides and below whitish, moderately haired, and with a slight pencil at the tip. Measurements.—Adult male, type, total length, 191; tail vertebrae, 83; hind foot (measured from skin), 21; ear (from skin), 15. Four adults(3 44,192), total length, 184 (171-191); tail vertebrae, 78 (75-83). Skull (type).—Total length, 27.5; basal length, 23; mastoid breadth, [1 ; interorbital breadth, 3.3; length of nasals, 9.5. Type.— 6 ad., No. 43382, San Roque Island, Lower California, June 21, 1897; collected by A. W. Anthony. Peromyscus cineritius is based on g specimens, from San Roque Island, Lower California, taken by Mr. A. W. Anthony, 8 of them on June 21 and 1 on April 16, 1897. Four of them are fully adult, three others are nearly so; one is quite young and the other is an unweaned young. Seven of the nine speci- mens are practically identical in coloration ; the two young ones are darker gray, more varied with black, and entirely without the slight buffy suffusion of the adults. This species is a member of the ¢exanus group, but differs strikingly from all other members of it in its large size and pale ashy-brown coloration. 156 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, Peromyscus geronimensis, sp. nov. Similar in general coloration to P. texanus ; size large for a member of this group. Above rather pale fulvous brown, varied with black, which in young adults forms an indistinct, rather broad dorsal band ; sides clearer pale fulvous ; below clear white, the fur plumbeous at extreme base; tail bicolor, the dorsal third dusky, the sides and iower surface whitish, thinly haired. Measurements.—Male adult (type), total length, 175; tail vertebrae, 83; hind foot (from skin), 20; ear (from skin), 14. Eighteen adult males, total length, 170 (164-182) ; tail vertebra, 75 (70-83). Six adult females, total length, 176 (170-184); tail vertebrae, 78 (71-86). Skull.— Male adult (type), total length, 25; basal length, 21; mastoid breadth, 11; interorbital breadth, 3.8; length of nasals, 8. Type.— 6 ad., No. +3#§$§, San Geronimo Island, Lower California, March 17, 1897; collected by A. W. Anthony. This very distinct species of the P. ¢exanus group is based on 24 specimens (18 44, 16 $9), all adult, taken by Mr. A. W. An- thony, March 15 and 17, 1897, on San Geronimo Island, Lower California. Four or five have a more or less distinct median blackish dorsal band, and are doubtless ‘young adults’; the smallest specimen of the series is in perfectly adult pelage. The 6 females average slightly larger than the 18 males. Peromyscus geronimensis is very distinct from its geographi- cally nearest mainland ally, P. 4 ¢hurberi, through its much larger size and very much paler coloration. It differs still more, and in a similar way, from P. clementis Mearns, from San Clemente Island, as shown by a series of 17 topotypes, received also from Mr. Anthony. There are four other specimens of Peromyscus in Mr. An- thony’s Lower California collection, made in 1897, from as many scattered localities, that greatly resemble the present species in size and coloration. Some of them may represent distinct insular forms, but the present material does not seem to warrant their separation. They are the following: Ascension Island, April 18, 1897, ¢ad.; Natividad Island, April 19, dad.; San — 1808. | Allen, New Mammals from Mexico and L.Cal. 157 Juanico Bay, June 13, ¢6ad.; Turtle Bay, April 13, dad. The San Juanico Bay specimen is pale grayish brown with very little fulvous suffusion ; the Turtle Bay specimen is clear pale fulvous. Peromyscus exiguus, sp. nov. Similar in coloration to P. clementis, but smaller, with a relatively much shorter tail. Measurements.—Male adult (type), total length, 154; tail vertebree, 62; hind foot (from skin), 20; ear (from skin), 16. Five adult males, total length, 159 (154-168); tail vertebree, 66 (62-72). The corresponding measurements, made by the same collector, of 6 adult males of P. clementis, are 164 and 82. Skull.— 8 ad. (type), total length, 26.5; basal length, 22; mastoid breadth, II.5; interorbital breadth, 3.5; nasals, Io. Type.— $ad., No. 48334, San Martin Island, Lower California, March 14, 1897 ; collected by A. W. Anthony. This form is represented by 6 adult males, collected on San Martin Island, Lower California, on March 14, 1897, by Mr. Anthony. As said above, in coloration it closely resembles topo- types of corresponding age of P. clementis Mearns, from San _Clemente Island, off southern California (about three degrees north of San Martin Island), from which it differs mainly in smaller size and disproportionately shorter tail. Peromyscus dubius, sp. nov. Above very dark brown—a grayish fulvous brown much varied with black, more suffused with fulvous and with less black on the sides, and a narrow brownish fulvous lateral line ; beneath white, the fur plumbeous at base; feet soiled white; tail sharply bicolor, the dorsal third blackish brown, the sides and lower surface soiled white. Total length, é ad. (type and only specimen), 175; tail vertebra, 82; hind foot (from skin), 18 ; ear (from skin), 15. Skull.—Total length, 26; basal length, 21.5; zygomatic breadth (anteriorly), 12; mastoid breadth, 11; interorbital breadth, 3.5; length of nasals, 9.5. Type.— 8 ad., No. 48888, Todos Santos Island, Lower California, March II, 1897; collected by A. W. Anthony. or os 15 8 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vv As represented by the single specimen above described a very dark form, the skull showing full maturity. The (1V. anthony) from this island proves to be so distinct f its congeners that it lends probability to the view t Peromyscus found there is also a well-marked insular form P. texanus group. eer ee a x Article IX.—REMOUNTED SKELETON OF PHENACO- DUS PRIMAZVUS. COMPARISON WITH EUPRO- TOGONIA. By Henry FAIRFIELD OSBORN. PLATE XII AND Four TExT FIGURES. This unique skeleton was transferred to the American Museum with the remainder of the Cope Collection in 1893. It had been mounted’ as found (Fig. 1), laterally crushed, a large portion of the vertebre and ribs concealed so that their number could not ’ Fig. 1. Skeleton of Phenacodus primevus as originally mounted and cast under the direc- tion of Professor Cope. be definitely ascertained, and in such position as to convey a false impression both of the proportions and mode of location of this remarkably primitive Ungulate. After very careful deliberation we decided to remove the skele- ton entirely from the matrix, and remount it as nearly as possible in the natural position. This removal cost many months of labor 1 See Cope, ‘ Tertiary Vertebrata,’ Plate LVII e. [159] 160 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, and two months more were occupied by Mr. Hermann, Prepara- tor, in mounting the animal as represented in Plate XII. This mount is now a model of its kind, since it not only displays the real characters of the animal, but every bone upon one side of the body or the other can be removed for purposes of detailed study. Moreover, in course of removal of the stone and plaster matrix, the two missing cervical vertebre were found inserted in the tail, and the number of ribs was definitely ascertained to be fifteen on each side, thus positively determining the dorsal vertebral formula, a matter of very great importance. These results alone justify the labor involved. As photographed in Plate XII, Phenacodus primevus strikes us as a rather slenderly built, straight-limbed animal, digitigrade like the Tapir, five-toed, but almost exclusively supported on three toes both upon the fore and hind feet, with the median toe considerably enlarged, well hoofed, and extended beyond the others ; therefore functionally of the tridactyl type. Flower’s restoration, in his volume upon the Horse, is very nearly correct. The upwardly-arched back, powerful lumbar vertebrze, the long hind-quarters (measuring 635 mm.), the long powerful tail, when contrasted with the much shorter fore-quarters (measuring 460 mm.), the rather low withers and small head, are reminiscent of Creodont ancestry. . Phenacodus was, in fact, a swift-footed, cursorial, small-brained, microcephalic type (in distinction from Coryphodon). It was largely propelled by its powerful hind limbs. ‘The skeleton is, however, straight limbed at the elbow in contrast with the early Amblypods, such as Pantolambda and Coryphodon.’ In this respect it approaches that of the Perissodactyla. The terminal phalanges of the three median toes are broad and spreading, while the lateral phalanges have rather the narrow compressed type seen in Luprotogonia. The most striking features of the skull are the small size and separation of the basicranial foramina, the simple primitive struc- ture of the whole region around the ear at the base of the skull April 5, 1898, pp. 81-91. 161 1898.| Osborn, Remounted Skeleton of Phenacodus primevus. CAUDALS, M65 ype _ Fig. 2.. Vertebral Column of Phenacodus primevus. s. f, spinous foramen; v. c , vertebrarterial canal; c._“, capitular facets; ¢, tubercular facets. Spines, fifth lumbar vertebra and posterior caudal vertebree restored. One-fourth natural size. [May, 7898.] 162 Bulletin American Mi useum of Natural History. [Vol. X, and the longitudinal grooves upon the superior intranareal sur- faces of the maxillaries (also observed in Coryphodon). The proportions and characters of the skull (exclusive of the teeth) are identical with those in the ancient Amblypoda, such as Perip- tychus and Pantolambda. The distinctive feature of the vertebral column is the small number of dorsal vertebra, namely 15, exactly as in Coryphodon and Zitanotherium, giving a dorso-lumbar formula of 20-21. In Fig. 3. Skeleton of Phenacodus primevus placed in the standing position to show elevation of the withers. One-twelfth natural size. the writer’s opinion this number is characteristic of the primitive Condylarthra or Protungulata. Marsh,’ on the other hand, has assigned to the Holodactyla (Condylarthra) 23 dorso-lumbars, and to the Protungulata 30 dorso-lumbars or more. The second distinctive feature is found in the splitting of the transverse pro- cesses on the posterior dorsals for articulation with the tubercles of the ribs and for the support of the zygapophyses respectively, as shown in Fig. 2, these processes being sharply separate. 1 ‘Pinocerata,’ pp. 171, 172. 1898.] Osborn, Remounted Skeleton of Phenacodus primeavus. 163 TABLE OF MEASUREMENTS. Phenacodus. Euprotogonia. Feet. In. Metres. Metres. Length, chin to perpendicular line of tail.... 4 434 1.340 Length, chin to ischiac symphysis ......... I.220 .590 Length skull, condyles to symphysis of pre- TUE ee tag OW cea anc ore ovis a= sae 235 Height, dorsal spines at withers............ .550 t .270 Height, dorsal spines at hips.............. 585 .280 Limbs, total length of hind-limb, outside WOOCRGNTOMICD Ey Sethe Selene eee Sues 2 i -635 .310 Limbs, total length of fore-limb, outside WIGRGUPOINGDE Sores ok ctu sk kena scale I 6 .460 Euprotogonia puercensis thus appears to be about one-half the size of Phenacodus primevus in all its measurements. As shown in Fig. 4, the lateral digits are considerably longer, reaching the ground. \ in Oa _ Fig. 4. in outline from Phenacodus. Skeleton of Eufrotogonia puercensis as now mounted, with missing parts restored One-twelfth natural size. Same scale as P. Jrimevus. COMPARISON WITH EUPROTOGONIA. LEuprotogonia. [TorrEJon.] (1) Caudals 18 preserved, neural arches complete in C 1-8. D.L. formula unknown. (2) Fore-limb. Posterior face of ulna convex. (C.) (3) Ectepicondylar ridge prominent. (C.) (4) Magnum very small. (C.) (5) ? Os centrale. (C.) (6) Trapezoid very short. (C.) (7) Terminal phalanges laterally com- pressed, intermediate between hoofs and claws. (8) Hind-limb. Femur with sharp and prominent patellar trochlea. Phenacodus. [Wasatcu.] Caudal formula indeterminate. Neural arches complete anteri- orly. D. L. = 20-21. The same, concave. The same. Magnum somewhat enlarged. The same wanting. The same somewhat enlarged. Hoofs fully formed in P. prime- vUus. More compressed in P. ( 7rispons- dylus) wortmant. The same. 164 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. X.] COMPARISON WITH EUPROTOGONIA.—Continued. Euprotogonia. [TorrEjon.] (9) Tibial spines sharp and prominent ; cnemial crest very prominent and elongate. (C.) (10) No fibulo-calcaneal facet. (11) Astragalo-cuboidal facet depressed. (12) An astragalar foramen ; tibial troch- lea in front of foramen, z.e., sub- digitigrade. (C.) (13) Meso-cuneiform very short. (C.) (14) Lateral digital reduction advanced : ratio of Mts.V: Mts.III: 23mm. 37mm. , OF as:2\: 3. (15) Metatarsals and phalanges slightly curved. (C.) Phenacodus. [WasaTcu.] ‘The same. Cnemial crest less prominent, and shorter. The same. The same. No astragalar foramen. — Tibial trochlea extended further back, z.e., fully digitigrade. The same. Lateral digital reduction still more advanced : ratio of Mts.V : Mts. III: 35 mm. : 73mm., orasT: 2, The same nearly straight. This strengthens the observation of Matthew,’ in his recent comparison of these types, that the features in which Phenacodus differs from Luprotogonia are progressions from the Creodont type, as indicated in the above column by the letter C. A far larger proportion of Creodont characters are, however, found in the Amblypod contemporary of Auprotogonia, namely, Pantolambda, which will be fully described by the writer in a forth- coming paper. 1 © Revision of the Puerco Fauna,’ Bull. Am. Mus Nat. Hist., Vol. IX, 1897, pp. 305-308. BULLETIN A. M. N. H. VoL. X, PLate XII. MOUNTED SKELETON OF Phenacodus primevus. One-twelfth natural size. Article X.—NOTES ON MEXICAN FISHES OBTAINED BY DR. CARL LUMHOLTZ.' By TarLeton H. BEAN. Ptychocheilus lucius Girard. Head, 444; depth, 444; eye, 646 in head. D.g: A.g; V.9; P. 15; scales, 26-go0-13 ; teeth, 2, 4-5, 2. Least depth of caudal penduncle, 3} in head. Maxillary reaching slightly past front of eye. Eye 2 in snout, which is 3 in head. Nape slightly elevated. Lateral line strongly decurved. Intestines robust ; eggs numerous. Example from locality 45 (N. Sonora, F. Robinette), with Catostomus bernardini. Wength of specimen, 1244 inches ; head, 27% ; depth, 234 ; snout, 48 ; eye, 7%. A smaller individual, 834 inches long, from N. Sonora, F. Robi- nette, with two examples of a Catostomus, shows the following : MEASUREMENTS. ae Rem (tail imiperiéct) o.oo... as gs ene be adelalumattieyie tate 834 in PICA ce peek CEA BM sehen Sure wees neck or: POUR cs eet ping aha ole ie wae opera hk alas GS Sd Sina ngh me ele ies Ss Least depth of ‘caudal peduncles. 5.6. ceie ies 26S es in dees % in Bharat es or ae as eins sce es oe ka whee t SECs os Vg in. RISHICT SAW rs eae = alae ste a wee co nee ee ald ga Garay mnie 8 Oe tessa 3% in. ARES od aie HB Aa i 8 re bane ae pag Siar gar 3% in. Postorbital part WE OST Ree het eae tern CeCe er ee Ein. Distance from:snout to-dorsals. ck . Sans oo. eae oes SORA Mere | Brteae OF CUNSAE DORES ois eho eae sina's cms sis eas Sain ea arers Gea |e enwt or longest dorsal raya. over os sl cys. Sc eae ae aie 1335 in. MUCREEN OL AASU CGISa! TAY so oes Peis Cs. claw ens Fag aes cass 5g in. Distance: from snout'to:vebtraly. o 25 322! 502 Sas carieed See eis 3% in. MATRA OE WeeBMEL OE fogs 291005 a GIS ta pupae gioco) dimes, Soho a's bs oe tl¢ in. PCOS LE SOUL HS GRAAL oi oa huis se ae Sie ee ye 546 in. Me PUA MAEMICDOSES Pere ee cts ek oa eae sek se ge chee % in. Ijerionn- Caro gesh anal ray sei hie gS Ses ecole alec. aegis Oot" 1} in. Re Oe et BEND ae sco. See Vick as peed s'kws ce haa seine ae #5 in. D. iii, 8; A. ii, g; V. i, 8; P. i, 16; scales, 24-87-12 ; maxillary not quite reaching front of eye. 1 For a report on the Mammals and Birds of the Lumholtz Collection, see this Bulletin, Vol. V, 1893, pp. 27-42.—Eb. [165] 166 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, Leuciscus niger (Cope). Head, 354; depth, 4; eye, 534 inhead. D.ii,8; A. ii, 7; V.i,8; P.i, 15; scales, 17-83-11, about 41 rows from occiput to origin of dorsal; teeth, 2, 5-4, I, the first three hooked, all with grinding surface, last two on left side worn off at the point ; the right side appears to have dropped one tooth of inner row and one of outer. Gill-membranes broadly attached to isthmus. Upper jaw equal to snout and to interorbital width. Eye, 514 in head, 1g in snout. Intestine shorter than body. The ventral extends almost to vent. The example is a female ; with three smaller ones it was taken at San Diego, Chihuahua, in the summer of 1891, by Dr. Lumholtz. MEASUREMENTS. Length to base of middle caudal rays...........e0ee.eeeeee 714 in. Depth: Of Dod ys ci. y ob 5 o:as-y sts ios wise 6 sei orn ole bapa a ovine eee 1% in. Least depth of ‘caudal peduncle. 6 0.2 co. Sek enw tneb eos 3% in. Letigth of head.) sic ccse ceciesis ses eaweeer eM cusien Saee 2 in. Length of upper jawes 55. sdseeeekcten chs OA SU eee 5¢ in. Length of "snout... 6s. occvss 6030 sane wae eehegeekee epanen 5 in. Diameter. Of €9€ 3ihs.6i0k esc ep esa ee i eee ee ee ae 3 in. Distance between eyes, o 1.0 bs. ncae neti shee ease ee hie ean 5% in, Distance from’ snout to dorsaliccs i... 3s taglestus F553<), hc Sd Ir ROMA Cy Ss ay ie has x INCERT@ SEDIS. Sa 77 2, Cee (en eee Raa tac ett es x ES ROMAIN eS os NS i ate fia x “* subquadratus..|......|.....- xX $3 EMIT BSUS Go os GP ses ed Rh es se x SOSFENE WMAF EE ooo 02.5 Siu bc los A SPEER © die as 60 pee en lee wae 10s x Morar Types.—It is essential, first, to clearly conceive the correlated changes taking place in the upper and lower molar teeth, as shown in the accompanying figures and diagrams. In the upper molars : 1. Pantolambda (Fig. 2) exhibits the triangular upper molar’ ancestral to Coryphodon, ectoloph (with crescentic cones and meso- style) at right angles to protoloph 192 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, met ma °* C COCen uss C. testis. 2 m3 met. C. ventanus, RIN m2 m3 C. simus. Ciarmatus. Fig. 16. ‘Typical lower molars. C. eocenus, cast of Owen’s type. C. testis. C. cinctus, variety, with triangular heel, No. 4329: C. lobatus, typical lower molar, No. 4305. C. ventanus, type, No. 2970. C. curvicristis, type, No. 4326. C. simus, i iat C. armatus, type, No. 4316. Allin the Am. Mus. oll. 2. C. radians pre- sents an intermediate . Stage, ectoloph (with — crescents and meso- style disappearing) oblique to protoloph — (Fig. 15). 3. C. armatus pre- sents a final stage, oval crown, ectoloph (a slightly concave crest) parallel to pro- toloph (Fig. 15). The second upper molar slowly goes through the same phases as the third, and both approach the Uintatherium pattern. In the third lower molar various species of Coryphodon ex- hibit (Fig. 16): 1. Primitive stage, a trilobed heel (hypo- conid, entoconid, en- toconid 2); crests oblique, heel with three main cusps, C. eocenus. 2. Intermediate stage, a heel with two main cusps (hypo- conid, entoconid), third cusp (entoconid 2) degenerate ; crests /ess oblique, C. testis. 3. Final stage, a bilobed heel (hypoconid, entoconid), ento- conid 2 absent, crests transverse, C. simus. Tapir or Lophiodon type. A tooth exactly of the "~< r eee ae ee eT eS Oe “, 2 by f ee ee ee ee ee cs nee aces : - f; y 1898. | Osborn, Evolution of the Amblypoda. Part J. 193 Thus the crests of the upper and lower molars slowly become transverse, and simultaneously also preserve their mutual inter- locking shear; the stages, 1, 2 and 3, in each being probably correlated. It is, however, extremely difficult to determine the species by these principles alone, because the hypolophid, or posterior crest, of the third lower molar seems to be highly variable, not in its obliquity of angle, but in the greater or less development of the entoconid 2, as frequently seen upon opposite sides of the same jaws (e. g., Nos. 2868 and 4321). CurtinGc Terru.—The canines aid us: the primitive form is round (persisting in C. wortmant) asin Pantolambda ; the inter- mediate form is ¢7- angular and antero- posteriorly compressed (C. testis, C. ventanus) ; the final form is flat- tened and laterally compressed (C. arma- tus), paralleling the Uintatherium type, be- cause the long axis of the blade is longitudi- nal. SKULL.—When fully known, the top of the skull will prove highly distinctive. At present we know only the com- paratively primitive crested type (Fig. 18B ), Fig. 17. Upper and lower canines, lateral views and and the flattened type pian aa Hae ag toe gta aap Bg ar ey ee. (Fig. 18C), which ap- ee ies Ne soe 4 ae pocbeocombegtnontray + 3 = and section, No. 4315. This very small canine is upon proaches Cintatherium. double the scale of the other teeth. [MJay, 1898.] 13 194 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. Fig. 18. Comparative view of Crania of A, Pantolambda bathmodon, small, of B, Coryphodon wortmanz, intermediate. of C, Coryphodon testis, large, showing flattening of the pad surface of the cranium, and appear- ance of parietal horns, Pa H. A \ eM AW ANN Mh wa fs 1 one-fifth natural size. Disregarding synonyms and partially known types, these characters, together with the form of the canines, indicate three series, or lines of spe-— cies, typified as follows : Wind River Wasatch. oe Series I, Primitive. Narrow crested skull. Canines rounded. C. wortmant, ee ee ey Sertes Lf, Specialized. Broad crested skulls. Canines triangular. Second lower incis- ors enlarged; third ditto reduced. Lower molar crests oblique to trans- verse. Mz, trilo- bate to bilobate. Series L11, Specialized. Medium crested skulls, Canines laterally compressed, grooved. Molar crests neatly or quite transverse. Mg bilobate. .. | C, elephantopus..... | C. armatus, ae 1808. | Osborn, Evolution of the Amblypoda. Part J. 195 a, The presence of the narrow crested C. wortmant in the Wind River Beds, the highest level in which the genus appears, shows that the ¢wo series evolved simultan- eously, just as we observe among the flat- tened and crested Eocene Titanotheres. In each the evolution of the molar crests a *AIOISUPT ‘s2gsaq uopoyghsoy ‘gx ‘BIA x hae Do SRCH QV Zik aw as RA S te witty yeinzeN jO wnasny, uvolouy 94} UT UOJa]Iyxs poJUNOP from obligue to transverse angles, with degeneration of the ento- conid, loss of crescents, etc., was apparently parallel. The sex characters, as clearly shown in numerous specimens of C. ¢estis, are: Males larger, with powerful upper and lower canines ; females smaller, with smaller upper and lower canines. (See Fig. 17.) 196 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, Among the specific or variable characters in the skeleton are the presence or absence (compare Earle) of the tibiale facet, of the astragalar foramen, and of the articulation of the cuneiform with Mtc. V, which variation is similarly observed in Uintathe- rium, as shown by Marsh. (‘ Dinocerata,’ p. 107.) None of the generic characters assigned by Cope to Bathmodon, Ectacodon, Metalophodon and Manteodon appear to the writer to be valid, as they rest either upon errors in field collection or upon individual variations. A. B. Fig. 19. Coryphodon elephantopus, showing flat-topped skull. A, view of occiput; B, transverse section of cranium through region of olfactory lobes, showing air cells. Coll. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 111. Series I7.—LARGE CORYPHODONS WITH BROAD, FLAT- TOPPED SKULLS, RUDIMENTARY PARIETAI Horns, TRIANGU- LAR CANINES. 12. C. elephantopus Cofe. Type, U.S. Nat. Mus. Coll. Superior molar 3 ; inferior molar 3. Loc., New Mexico. ‘This type has been temporarily displaced. Cotype, No. 111, U.S. Nat. Mus. Coll. Skull with upper dentition complete ; inferior dentition and fragmentary jaw. De finition.—Superior molars=158 4. Skull characters as in C. éestis, except- ing m® more quadrate (cotype) with slightly convex mesostyle ; m* (type) with hypolophid and entoconid 2 ; incisors equal sized. Synonyms. C. obliguus Cope. Type, U.S. Nat. Mus. Coll. A single fragmentary inferior molar. Hypolophid oblique. Entoconid 2 reduced. This is a smaller animal than C. ¢es¢is, but is found upon a higher level. Cope’s association of type and cotype is open to some ques- tion. The type has been temporarily lost, and unfortunately the TABLE SHOWING THE PROPOSED SPECIES WII'H ORIGINAL NAMES, NATURE OF Typk, ETC. i a Mi xs NAME. Dare. a TYPE. FIGURE. n 1 Coryphodon eocenus Owen.......\Hist, Brit. Foss. Mamm., 1846, p. 299.... Inf. m, 2 and m, 3.../Figs. 103, 104. : 2 | w oe re = 5 | '* oweni /ébert.. ....|Ann, d. Sc. Nat., VI, 1856, p. 87........ Skull and teeth. ay 4 Bathmodon radians Cope .. views veers | ETOC, Am. Phil) Soci, Feb. 16, 1872, p. 418, Sup. m. 2 and 3 with S | skeleton ........./Tert. Ver., pls. 45-57. X 5 & semicinctus Cope...... = ns “ ‘" p. 420,| Teeth. i 6 Metalophodon armatus Cofe....... He ve 1872,\ p.. 542... 1). .|Superior Molars...5. Tert. Ver., pl. 49. aS 7 Bathmodon latipes Cope ..... ; 4, tg £893; DityOru sae .t\Skeleton joie. eas 48. cS 8 brevipes'. see eeeeeee+|Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1873, p. 103, RS 9 oe SIMGS:- COPA. ee Sainacey 8 Rep. Vert. Fos. N. M. Wheeler, 1874, p. 120, Inferier molars...... Pal. of N.M., pl. 55. S 10 | = MOlEStUS Cope. .s 5 oe ‘ Pp. 21a, Sup. and inf. molars, ‘pls. 56-57. S It | lomns Cope. csc ze “ as as ‘ p. 1214, Inferior molars, 3. ce ag Daan XN 12 re elephantopus Cofe.... : Ss fe “ “p. 121¢c, Last sup. and inf.m. 3, os ** pis. 50-54. S 13 | *¢ *. Jatidens: Cope... 65. Syst. Cat. Vert. N. M., 1875, p. 29...... Jaw with teeth..... eat ne ** 48-50, x 14 | x cuspidatus Cofe....... p. 30..... Inferior molars 3.... eta eee he > 15 Coryphodon hamatus Marsh.......\Am. Jour. Sci. and Arts, 1876, p. 426.... Sup. and inf. molars, Mon. of Dinocerata, IN p. 52. Ss 16 Me obliquus Cope.........|Pal. of New Mexico, Wheeler, 1877, ps 207;)7""' “ S Vert. Pal. N. M., pl. 47. aS 17 | " lobatus Cofe......... ‘ p. 209, ‘‘ a “hi ** 46. S 18 Manteodon subquadratus Copfe.....|Proc, Amer. Phil.Soc.,Dec.16,1881, p. 166, Last sup. m. with R) incisors . ovawi gl bert... Vett., pl. 44a. a 1g Ectacodon cinctus Cope.....:.... ie s 4 . P- 167, Superior molars... . S ee ee § 20 Coryphodon BMAX Cope ae kya eiele x's r 1881, p. 168....... Sup. and inf. molars, fe pls. 44a-e. 2 21 repandus Cope. ie 3 is si p. 171. ..... Inferior m. 2 and 3 | y pl. 44c. S 22 | ty curvicristis Copfe...... e e piece FAD Soo bec aeeaa Sup. m. 2 and mand. with teeth........| e Sod. 23 | ye marginatus Cofe..... ee pe siers ofa 7 ecg te Superior molars See se ** AGE. 24 Metalophodon testis Cofe......... & - PA Me AEM nea ae de Nese || ti ‘* 44a. ae 25 Bathmodon pachypus Cofe........|Proc, Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., 1882, p. 294, (Skeleton UE eee ee * pls. 44d-g. S 26 Coryphodon ventanus Oséorn...... Bull. Amer. Mus, Nat. Hist.,X,1898, p. 210, Jaw and teeth....... Op. cit., fig. 16. * 27 | oe wortmani Osborn..... fi i be p. 212, Skull. Chae Panag 28 re singularis Osborn ..... i ¢ ‘““- |p. 204, Tarsus. Ee her ot a a 1 Name only. [Vol. X, 198 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. £6 b6 aL Sv | ol £9 9S 1's | £gz “GEL Lo3 Xe) gst Sob zLS |-+-:log (eo) ge) ceee gl $$Sa|SoLa\ rZ|- SZ = ‘Buoy ‘sues3) s+ ‘SIAC | £9z Lez Sob ‘un yy ost re oe ov 1¢ “t+ 1@GT 470) 008 ve) ise) a) t+ m+ FO M+ 1 TOR MA OF 6 ge gz eee cee oo é 9z 6¢ sees oe ZQI sees efelerd F3 Co ge 5 ae ees 2 Sad Nii zeev ™~ Oo o Nn Ot Mm £0 £O £O OF M £0 £0 POG RE Wa ire ee Pa cr PA es oof ‘adAj0_ ‘sugojuny gaa uopoy Jl10y ‘add J, *st3s03 (uopoydoyejapy) “OD setter ee we eee CP wae Va dn eee ss ‘add °° * * sndAyoed es PB ESS Hees a xa 0 ea a ‘ad 1, pres Sar ree uopoy dh) ‘adh, PP *$nyvgo] uopoy Jl.109 ‘adk, ‘snyeursrew uopoydds09 oN) Bee haa ae 2 . oA] iceieae a ae Be eo S | wee apts * Ss [NAS * +" ++ *S19803 i ‘ad [.°** ‘snpuedas uopoydds0> ‘adA T° * * *snjours (uopooe}oq) “DO ‘ad A * sunspot (uopomyjvg) *) “IDA ye ‘suei} ‘Buoj|*suvsy “Buo]| ‘Jur ‘dng | ‘requnn | » ‘deos qnyS ‘fay ‘SIN ‘W puewg| umesnyy | » aI tz Sz Zz LI €z% “SINANAYASVAW AAILVAVANOD AO ATAV TL, S *Suruem st } ‘wid ozoyM AlTeroodsa ‘payeurnss syusuloinsva py =9 *ysrey Aq poansy sv yj903 ulols UDYe} SJUDUDINSeOYY 1 i fell Big talogt: -ncueeacel: ~ -frcrher' are ei eee ee og6z ‘adA ++" + stzangnSurs uopoygisop gz : ggi bor | S®IW APA] 2 | odd T+ °° snyewey re SI = Lz} g€ | vcclstccfetstl ct] gee | g | teddy *snstzoraino uopoyddiog | 2% ~ Lz | Iv rea lin ea ie ¢ | ‘addy ***‘sewoy (uopowyjyeg) ‘9 | IT b S glist irr tieer ct} cee) €s | LE | LE | O€ [++ sighr | ‘SmIIeN| 8 | ‘odA]**** snysajow (snyeulie) *D | OT X fot OA a: Rea gl giv | 9 | ‘adh 7 ‘suzvuasn(uopoygopmapy)'D | 9 If | 2p he baba ae = 1g rel Sint oL6z ‘MBE ese 38 Rr x OPE) ees en peste eo) Lop tess el sleet) tel Yi PSr, Lee "TINYS* * + ‘2uwuaz2on uopoyJtsop S$ 9% €€ leer rlees gS ese 9 ‘adA °° + SUOprIE] =f €1 S&S 61 | of [eee 'l: +: NSztalse €gSz & Bet ae Deka ne 3 s 1z | PE | of || of |PSr jobra} °°: 9 | ‘addy ****** snus a 6 § 5 Ac a eC CC €1¢r gS ha he “ e L | GLElr ec tlee clei: logelec ec] cee lee e eet fewer lene eleeerleeee] grep ‘woyS. fete? : s wt SOG}? Soya)? Ree ee tle wer] coe eleeewfoeveliseveleecesiens see LIcv yayge ttt sadney +s s 0g 0619 60€|:* >: se erle ww ele eer le were reels eerie ees 1S¢r ec ce > gz | 6€ |res*|***"|bLr joes *| Zep g | meferres vi 3 Sz | 9€ | LE | bz |SSr Pera} gle rae teed Eeichctes te ae 3 BS Cz ze ee etlevestece-loe eel “SNA IBN é ‘add [°° oe “snnbiyjqo as gI Ss Ee | gbalst*|. ential ceh peep Pe erates tg a a S$ snow IeN| ¢ | tadk p++‘ snzeprdsno uopoydds05 | 1 S hy fk ha e SS ovbal* -:')-***} 6€ | 08 |*-*"igSr |} “Sle ? | "nx * sndozuvy gaa uopoy gion 8 S S > 2 S a F ey ‘Buoy ‘sues 5 e m ‘y0a | (P99? | cuery *Buoy| sues} "suoy ‘Jay ‘dng | sroqunyy | ¥ 5% , ell Rael i Wa ‘stajag |w| & | B | deag aad EW ‘EW ‘W puv'wd) umnosnyy | * oe. Oe, ine) Se “PInuyuUoy—SLNAWAUNNASVAYP AAILVUVINOD) AO ATIAV I, - (ee 200 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. ‘ [Vol. X, characteristic last lower molar, m* in the cotype, is wanting. The species must therefore rest upon the characters of the cotype.. No lower teeth were found with the fine palate (No. 275, Am. \ Bre: a ead Fig. 20. Sage ge pe elephantopus, ore Lateral, superior and sectional views of yg cranium, No. 111, at. Mus. Coll. meg Mus.) rightly associated with the cotype by Earle. The cranial ae and dental characters of the cotype (Fig. 20) are those of C. or testis and C. doba/us upon a smaller scale ; m* has a well-marked , postero-external elbow (Fig. 15), and the paracone is sharply dis- a a es en ee oe en eee 1898. | Osborn, Evolution of the Amblypoda. Part I. 201 tinct from the metacone ; the ectoloph thus does not form a con- tinuous crest as in the supposed type. The parietal protuber- ances or rudimentary horns Pa.H, are less pronounced but equally rugose ; the premaxillary symphysial borders are extensive although without contact ; the incisors are equal in size, ir and i3 being fully as large as i2 in both jaws. This is therefore a smaller and perhaps more primitive type than either C. /odatus or C. ¢estts, although skull No. 275 is definitely recorded by Wortman from the Buffalo Basin, the highest true Wasatch level. Unfortunately the characteristic last lower molar is missing in the cotype ; the series pm 1-m 2 measure 122 mm. ‘The lower jaws of C. elephantopus are also represented either by Cope’s C. obliguus or by his C. latidens (see below). ‘The former is more probably the case for the following reason. According to the ratio of upper and lower teeth established in the C. /estis jaws (see Table, p. 199, No. 3829), the lower grinders in C. elephantopus should measure 167 mm. The type lower molar of C. obdiguus ap- proximately agrees with this size (see Table, p. 199) and character. The last lower molar of C. oddiguus agrees closely with that of the supposed type of C. elephantopus. We may therefore consider the greater or less development of the entoconid 2, which these molars present, as variations similar to those which we have ob- served in the other species of this series, namely, C. festis and C. lobatus. No complete jaw is nearer this size than No. 4321 (Am. Mus., Cope Coll.), in which the lower grinders measure 172 mm. ; this specimen is also significant because the last inferior molar on the right side agrees in form with C. cuspidatus (¢.e., entoconid 2, dis- tinct), while the same tooth on the left side agrees with C. ob/iguus (z.2., entoconid 2, obsolete). Another proof of the variability of these cusps. This jaw, however, may belong to a small female of C. testis. INCERT# SEDISs. 21. Coryphodon repandus Co/e. Type, No. 4309, Am. Mus., Cope Coll. Superior and inferior molars m1, m®, Ms, m;. Symphysis of lower jaws. Size=C. testis, male. Loc., Big Horn, Wyoming. 202 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, This is an indeterminate type. It is distinguished by angula- tion of ectoloph in m2 (as in C. elephantopus, cotype) ; perhaps also by the more transverse direction of hypolophid in mg; second incisors only slightly larger than first and third (as in C. elephantopus, cotype). The nearest resemblance is therefore to C. elephantopus, from which it is distinguished by larger size. Superior molars No. 4366, from New Mexico, furnish a transition in the angular form of the ectoloph of m# to the C. destis type. Altogether C. repandus is of very doubtful validity. 19. C. cinctus Cope. C. (Ectacodon) cinctus. Type: No. 4341, Am. Mus., Cope Coll. Superior molars complete. A strong cusp appearing at postero-external angle of m®*. Loc., Big Horn, Wyoming. The distinctive feature of this type, viz., the quadrate form and postero-external basal cusp of m# (Fig. 15), and to aless extent on m2, are either individual variations or valid specific characters. They are certainly not generic. Lower teeth which may possibly be correlated (Nos. 4329, 4334, 266) have a triangular heel upon the last lower molar (Fig. 16), with entoconid very distinct and extremely short and oblique hypolophid. 24. C. testis Cope. 24. C. (Metalophodon) testis Cope. Type: No. 4317, Am. Mus., Cope Coll. Superior molar series. Originally distinguished by reduction of posterior cres- cent spur in m?. Definition.—Sup. molars=169 2 to 1826. Inf. molars=172¢to 192¢. Third superior molar typically oval, with oblique posterior crest with primitive paracone, mesostyle and meta-crescent more or less distinct. Third inferior molar with oblique hypolophid, entoconid 2 reduced or vestigial. Second incisor the largest. This includes the most completely known Coryphodon. It has been heretofore described by Earle and the writer as C. radians, but is now found to be distinct. ‘The identification with Cope’s type of C. éestis is made by means of a careful comparison with the superior molars in the female skull No. 2963. The form and measurements are identical. As this skull undoubtedly belongs 1898. | Osborn, Evolution of the Amblypoda. Part I. 203 to the same species as the male skull (Fig. 21) and skeleton, all the characters of this fine type are now available. This is the largest Coryphodon but one, and is very abundant in the Middle Wasatch levels, being represented by a magnificent series of skulls and skeletons in our collection. From these the sexual characters are clearly made out. The large male skull is used in the complete mounted skeleton, Fig. 18 4. The smaller Fig. 21. Coryphodon testis, Large male, showing rudimentatary parietal horns. Upper canines partly restored. Skull No. 2867, lower jaw, No. 2872. Am. Mus. Coll. female type of this species is represented in the skull No. 2963, and jaws (Nos. 2868, 259) in contrast with the powerful male skulls (Nos. 2829, 2867) and jaws (4322). Variations in the last lower molar are considerable, from an oblique to a bilobed (No. 259) or less oblique condition of the posterior crest, with all the stages in reduction of the entoconid 2. Exactly similar variations are found in the lower molars of the larger and smaller members of Series II. The development of entoconid 2 also varies in the posterior molars upon opposite sides of the same jaws of several specimens of C. /obatus. The osteological characters have been fully described and fig- ured by the writer (this Bulletin, 1898, pp. 81-91). © Full charac- ters of the vertebral column are shown in Fig. 23. Certain specimens (skull, No. 2866) of the still larger C. lobatus have been found below it, and the much smaller C. elephantopus 204 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. X, occurs in the higher levels of Buffalo Basin, Wyoming. Our scanty evidence therefore appears to indicate a retrogression in size in this series, but this is an inference by no means certainly established. Wm ee men sw eee ey Leak sates? oom w m.2 m.3 Fig. 22. Coryphodon testis. Superior molar series, male (Am. Mus Coll. No 274); inferior molar series, female (Am. Mus. Coll. No. 2868). 17. C. lobatus Cope. Type, Nat. Mus. Coll. Sup. molar 3; inf. molar 3; part of sup. and inf, canine, indeterminate. Definition.—Sup. molars=193 6. Inf. molars=1g64. Dental characters asin C. ¢estis, excepting elongation of protoloph and degeneration of posterior metacone crescent in m*®. Astragalus usually lacking astragalar foramen, Cranium massive, with widened parietal horn rudiments. Synonyms. 20. Coryphodon anax. Type: No. 4327, Am. Mus., Cope Coll. Superior molar 3 ; inferior molars, premolars and incisors. Loc., Big Horn, Wyoming. 25. C. (Bathmodon) pachypus Cope. Type: No. 4335, Am. Mus., Cope Coll. Astragalus, calcaneum, pelvis, femur, &c. Indeterminate type. Loc., Big Horn, Wyoming. This is the largest Coryphodon known ; it surpasses C. ées¢és in size, the ratio being 50: 45, as indicated by the femora. Unfortunately the name C. /obatus is prior to the more appro- priate C. anax,and must supersede it. The lower molars defined eae aS oe oe |, 1898. | Osborn, Evolution of the Amblypoda. Part J. 205 “SQLI AO} SIOOVJ IB[NOIOqnA *9148a] UOpoY "tz ‘Sig wod p sioquinu } spenpratput yeraaes jo uorntsod ‘a4 ‘WO\@[@YS poyunoul Jo uUIN]OS [vAqaI19 A y9 Ipul oSurs w wo’ poutuse plat ds ‘fst peuvo yewowvaqeyeA qyZio-aug “Ten deo wget uauivioy snout ‘azis peanjzeu fgg s syoory rey dhsoy as C. lobatus Cope, which may be considered as indeterminate types, present exactly the C. avax measure- ments (see Table, p. 198), and exhibit an oblique hypolophid and depressed entoconid 2 upon mz, as shown in Fig. 16. This may be considered the typical C. Jobatus or C. anax third lower molar. It is well shown in the large jaw, No. 4333, and in the frag- ment, No. 4305. A variation, No. 266, in molars of the C. Jobatus size is paralleled by a variation, No. 4239, in molars of the C. cinctus size, as represented in Fig. 16, in which the three cusps form a posterior triangle, as also in C. cuspt- datus (No. 4324). If these are not variations they represent three dis- tinct species, which is possible but not probable. Synonym.—The skeleton defined as C. pachypus by Cope (No. 4335) un- doubtedly belongs here. The astra- galus of C. pachypus and of another specimen (No. 2870) exhibit no astra- galar foramina, and show a wider in- terval on the front face of the astra- galus between the tibial and navicular facets than we find in C. @estis. The massive male skull in our col- lection (No. 2866) is most interesting in its progressive development of the parietal horn thickenings, parallel with those of Uintatherium. Its geological level, however, according to Wortman, is below that of C. Zesézs, _ an observation very difficult to recon- cile with the more advanced evolution of its skull and molar teeth. 206 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, 14. C. cuspidatus Cope. Type, Nat. Mus. Coll. Fragmentary inferior molars 2 and 3, and a portion of the jaw. Originally distinguished by prominent entoconid 2. Cotype, No. 276, Am. Mus. Coll. Complete lower dentition ; upper pm*—m®. This specimen was referred to C. obliguus by Earle (1892, p. 162). Definition.—Inferior m.pm.=154. Superior m.pm.=150. Last superior molar oval, antero-posteriorly compressed. Last inferior molar with oblique hypolophid and more or less prominent entoconid 2. Metaconid with rudi- mentary metastylid. Inferior incisors unequal in size. This is a diminutive Coryphodon, of the size and very similar in molar type both to C. eocenus Owen, from the London Clay, and to C. owentt Hébert, from the Suessonian of France. The characters of Cope’s type are very indefinite ; the complete upper and lower series of teeth, No. 276, therefore serve as a cotype to define this species, the most diminutive of the series. ‘I'he last lower molar of the right side agrees in form and measurement with Cope’s type, al- though the entoconid 2 is less promin- ent and isolated ; on the left side the entoconid 2 is nearly obsolete, again Fis: aia ary satity Gk demonstrating the variability of this cosnhaten iris Am. Mus., cusp. The very small lower canines indicate that the animal is a female. The enlarged second incisors and general form of m3 confirm its reference to Series II. A unique feature is the reduplication of the metaconid in mz and m3 into a rudimentary metastylid, parallel with the large metastylid of Uintatherium. Another example of this species is No. 4324. 13. C. latidens Cope. Type, Nat. Mus. Coll, 8. Lower jaws and teeth, left premaxillary and in- cisors, superior canine. Loc., New Mexico. Definition.—Inferior m. and pm.=156, Inferior molars short and broad with crests nearly or directly transverse (angle=e 85°) ; entoconid 2 vestigial or wanting. Inferior incisors equal sized. Superior canines nearly straight, antero-posteriorly compressed, subtriangular, with an external ridge. 1898. | Osborn, Evolution of the Amblypoda. Part I. 207 This imperfectly-known animal appears to represent a rather small and specialized form in Series II. It is distinguished from the type of C. elephantopus by the straighter and more compressed superior canine observed in the type, by the transverse position of the crests of the inferior molars, and by the absence of entoconid 2. As shown in the Table, p. 199, the measurements of Cope’s C. /atidens type are identically the same as those of C. szmus, although Cope speaks of the latter as being much smaller than the former. Cope has suggested the possible association of C. datidens with the cotype skull of C. elephantopus. It appears to be distinguish- ed, however, by the form and compressed section of the superior canine. Itis, however, certainly related to Series II by the sub- triangular form of the canine and the characteristic swelling of the jaw below m3. Unfortunately the types have been tempo- rarily misplaced, and no determination of this question by direct comparison can be made at present. If these jaws should prove to belong to C. elephantopus, the species C. obliguus will have to be revived. It will be noted that both types come from New Mexico. In New Mexico, also true Wasatch, we found in 1897 a lower jaw (No. 2563, Fig. 16) of extremely small size, associated with - Meniscotherium, Ambloctonus and Didymictis, which may represent a female of this species. Unfortunately the canines are not pre- served. The total lower grinding series does not exceed 125 mm., so that this is the smallest Coryphodon jaw known ; the last lower molar measures only 30x 19 mm.; the posterior crest forms an angle of 85° with the long angle of the jaw; a minute vestige of the entoconid 2 can however be observed. 22. Coryphodon curvicristis Cofe. Type, No. 4326, Am. Mus., Cope Coll. Lower jaw fragments containing pm.4 to m3; canine. Definition.—Molar crests transverse. Posterior crest of mg directly trans- verse, crenulate, depressed. Superior incisors with sharply angulate anterior faces. Canines as in C. /estis. The systematic position of this species (Fig. 16) is indetermi- nate. It resembles C. /atidens in the transverse crest angulation 208 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. X, and in the rather broad proportions of the molars, but exceeds this species in size. ‘The complete superior canine determines the position of the animal in Series II. The canine is powerful, curved and antero-posteriorly compressed, partiy as the result of pressure. ‘The inferior premolars are exceptionally short. A fourth member of this series, C. venfanus, is found in the Wind River Beds. It appears to resemble C. /aéédens in the form of the superior canines. Series I7I7.—SMALLER CORYPHODONS. SPECIALIZED. RELA- TIVELY NARROW, FLAT-TOPPED SKULLS, (?) WITHOUT PARIETAL Horn RUDIMENTS. CANINES COMPRESSED LATERALLY AND GROOVED ANTERIORLY. LOWER MOLARS ELONGATE, CRESTS NEARLY OR QUITE TRANSVERSE; M3 BILOBATE, NO ENTO- CONID 2. In 1872 Cope defined certain teeth as Aletalophodon armatus, mistaking the posterior superior molars, m*, of two individuals for m® and m*.of one individual, as can be proved by a compari- son with his type of C. molestus. The latter type moreover gives us the cranial characters and constitutes a valuable cotype. 6. C. (Metalophodon) armatus. Type, No. 4315, Am. Mus., Cope Coll. Superior m®, m®, premolars, supe- rior canine and incisors ; two individuals, probably mingled, fully adult. Cotype, No. 4316, Am, Mus., Cope Coll. Superior m® and m*, mg, pre- molars, etc., juvenile. Definition.—Upper and lower canines greatly compressed, with a deep antero-internal groove upon the upper canine. M® with powerful anterior crest, my without entoconid 2. Lower molars elongate, crests lunate, nearly trans- verse. (Angle with long axis of jaw, 81°.) Synonyms. g. C. simus Cope. Type, U.S. Nat. Mus. Coll. Inferior m and pm=154. Fragmentary skull, probably female. Superior canine. Mandibular rami and teeth. Loc., New Mexico. 1898. | Osborn, Evolution of the Amblypoda. Part J. 209 10. C. molestus Cope. Type, U.S. Nat. Mus. Coll. Skull, dentition and parts of skeleton. Loc., New Mexico. t1. C. lomas Cope. Type, U.S. Nat. Mus. Coll. Posterior inferior molar. Loc., New Mexico. The slender crests and the elongate form of the posterior lower molars in this species at once distinguish it as a type from mem- bers of the foregoing series, since they form an angle of 81°, or nearly a right angle, with the long axis of the jaw, and m3 is entirely devoid of the entoconid (Fig. 16). Specimen No. 4315, Fig. 17, gives the most distinctive character, shown again in Cope’s type of C. molestus (Cope, 1877, Pl. LVI, fig. 4), which agrees with C. armatus, namely, the flattened form of the _ canines. Cope himself referred C. 2 Lomas to C. molestus (1877, p. 237). : The type of C. simus has lower ied tee. sh te Cpe it fe onnaie teeth of the same character, rather wget long and narrow. The upper canines are, however, described by Cope as triangular and grooved ; this raises a doubt as to the reference of this type to C. armatus. The juvenile type specimen of C. mo/estus demonstrates the flat-topped character of the skull (Coll. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 1119, Cope, of. cit., Pl. LVI) ; the skull is far less expanded laterally, when seen from above, than any of the skulls in Series II; but this may be in part due to its juvenile and undeveloped condition. ml m2 aa ‘The inferior canine,” observes Cope, “has a flat interior and convex exterior face, which are separated by anteriorly and pos- teriorly directed cutting edges.” The most distinctive feature of the canines therefore is that the antero-posterior diameter greatly exceeds the transverse, as in Uintatherium. An aberrant feature is the antero-external groove. The median incisors are as large or larger than the others: [ June. 1898.] L4 210 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. (Vol. X, IsERT# SEDIS. 23. C. marginatus Cope. Type, No. 4374, Am. Mus., Cope Coll. Superior molar 3, canine and pm. Loc., Big Horn, Wyoming. This indeterminate type resembles C. armatus in the form of m3, but differs from it in the form of the canine, which is less compressed and may possibly represent a milk tooth. The canine corresponds with Cope’s description of that of C. s¢mus. WIND RIVER TYPES. Cope’s Wind River material of Coryphodon, all of which is now in the American Museum (Nos. 4811, fragments of skull and teeth ; 4812, lower molar, incisors and fragments; 4813, lower jaw and fragments ; 4814-4817, fragmentary teeth ; 4818), merely sufficed to determine the existence of this genus in these beds. Our Wind River collection and the determination of manus No. 4351 (Am. Mus., Cope Coll.) as belonging to the Wind River Beds, is therefore of very great importance. It demonstrates that Coryphodonts of considerable diversity and size persisted into the Wind River period. Owing to the general scarcity of fossil remains in these beds, the relative abundance of these animals cannot be estimated. Of intermediate size is the jaw of No. 2976, described below as C. ventanus ; of smaller size there is a well-preserved skull (No. 2977), type of the new species C. wortmani. hey represent respec- tively the persistence of at least two series, namely of Series I, and of Series IIl now discovered for the first time. Successors OF SERIES II. 26. Coryphodon ventanus, sp. nov. Type, No. 2976, Am. Mus. Coll. Jaws and lower teeth. Superior incisors and canine. L,. metacarpal IV. Definition.—Size of C. testisé. Inferior mand pm series=e 172. Supe- rior canines posteriorly compressed, with antero-internal depression and long 1808. | Osborn, Evolution of the Amblypoda, Part I. 2IT sharp external ridge. Lower canines with short external ridge near apex. Second incisors enlarged ; lateral incisors much reduced. Posterior inferior molars with crests more transverse than in C. ¢est#’s (angle = 74°) a persistent entoconid 2. ( ? Cuneiform articulating with Mtc. V.) This species is clearly distinguished from C. ¢es#s by the form of the canines, which in this animal are comparatively straight and lance-shaped (Fig. 17), the long axis transverse (unlike Uzntatherium), with an antero-internal groove which is Fig. 26. Foot structure of Coryphodon. D, external view of manus of C. ventanus (No. 4351, Coll. Am. Mus.) ; A, superior view of astragalus and calcaneum found near C. szmus, no tibial facet (Bathmodon type); 2, lower surface of astragalus, showing calcaneal and cuboidal facets ; C, external view of calcaneum and astragalus, showing reduction of tibio- calcaneal facet. (Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.) worn away by the lower canine. They resemble those of C. /aé- dens Cope (except in the groove), but are much less compressed than those of C. armatus Cope, besides having the long axis in a different plane. The posterior crest of mg (Fig. 16) differs from those of C. armatus and C. simus in form and in the retention of an entoconid 2, and from that of C. /es¢#ts in being slightly less oblique. Another character is the very rapid increase in size of the molar series as we pass backward : mr=28, m3=42. To this species belong Nos. 2982, 4813, 4812, 2772, and 2978 of our collection. The latter contains the complete lower teeth ‘which exhibit the marked disproportion between the second and the first and third incisors embodied in the definition of this spe- cies. The incisor proportions are indicated by the length of roots, 1 1=36, 12=59, i3=28. 212 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, The metacarpal IV agrees in length (54 mm.), and lends some probability to an association with that of the complete carpus No. 4351 from the Wind River.’ This associated complete carpus (Fig. 26) agrees with some specimens of Uintatherium in the very exceptional character that the cuneiform articulates with Meta- carpal V. Series I.—PRIMITIVE, NARROW-CRESTED SKULLS. CANINES ROUNDED. INCISORS SUBEQUAL IN SIZE. The lower teeth are unknown, and the ancestral members:of this series have not thus far been determined in the underlying Wasatch formation, 27. Coryphodon wortmani, sp. nov. Type, No. 2977, Am. Mus. Coll. Loc., Wind River, Wyo. Definition.—Superior m and pm=154. Superior canines rounded. Occiput very high and narrow. Supratemporal ridges converging posteriorly to form a comparatively narrow sagittal crest. Fig. 27. Coryphodon wortmani, type. Lateral view of skull and section of superior canine,? The discovery of this type (Figs. 18 and 27) in the high level of the Wind River Beds is most surprising. It is far more primitive both in its narrow cranium and rounded canines than any of the 1 This carpus was mistakenly described xg os e as coming from the Wasatch. Dr. Wort- man identifies it as found by himself in the Wind River. 2 Dedicated to my colleague Dr; J. L. Wortman., 1898. | Osborn, Evolution of the Amblypoda. Part I. 213 C. testis series found in the Middle Wasatch. It appears like a direct successor of Pantolambda cavtrictus. ‘The median incisors are equal to the others, the lateral incisors being slightly the smallest. The canines have a rounded crown somewhat flattened in front by wear. The superior grinding series present a rudimentary posterior crescent on m2 and an oval m2 with short oblique ectoloph. The most unique features are the form of the occiput and the cranium as defined above, which is intermediate between that of Pantolambda and Coryphodon ‘ armatus. The metatarsal V is short and robust (= 42 mm.), with the characteristic peroneus tuberosity of the true Coryphodon. Both femora are finely preserved (length, = 340 mm.), being of the smallest size known. INSERT SEDIS. The position of the following types with reference to the Series I-III, which we have been considering, is uncertain. 4. Coryphodon radians Cope. Type, No. 4300, Am. Mus., Cope Coll. Superior molars 1, 2 and 3. Prob- ably associated lower jaw, No. ? 4300. Portions of skeleton. Loc., Evanston, Wyoming. Definition.—Third superior molar with a spur (metacrescent) upon the pos- terior crescent of the ectoloph. ‘Third inferior molar without entoconid 2, hypolophid nearly transverse. Lower canines somewhat incisiform. This classic species, which rests upon somewhat uncertainly associated upper and lower teeth, jaws and skeleton, was the first described in America. The structure of the last upper molar is shown in Fig. 15. The last lower molar has crests nearly as transverse and simple as in C. /atidens. The most distinctive structure is the lower canine which, although badly broken, exhibits a distinct flare at the base of the inner face, as in the incisors, and is apparently becoming incisiform, an interesting approach to Uintatherium. 214 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, 15. Coryphodon hamatus Jars. Type, Yale Museum No. 1330. Skull and dentition much worn. Cotype, Yale Museum No. 1334. Female skull with perfect superior and in- ferior dentition. Loc., Evanston, Wyoming. Synonym. 18. Coryphodon(Manteodon) subgquadratus Cope. Type, No. 4340, Am.Mus., Cope Coll, Superior molar 2, incisors and fragmentary premolar. Loc., Big Horn, Wyoming. Definition.—Size large. Superior molars with quadrate crowns and well. developed hypocones upon mi and m2. Inferior molars with nearly trans- verse crests; mg without entoconid 2. This species was mistakenly associated with C. elephantopus by Earle. In size it equals C. Zes#/s, but it is well distinguished by the quadrate form of the superior molar teeth in which, according to the figures of Marsh ( Dinocerata, Fig. 55, p. 52), a representative of the hypocone is present. This is developed from the ridge extending backwards from the protocone. In the inferior molar teeth the crests are nearly transverse, and there is no trace of the entoconid 2. The unique quadrate tooth with a prominent hypocone, type of Manteodon subquadratus (¥ig. 15), was without reason considered by Cope as a third superior molar. It proves, upon comparison with Marsh’s cotype made by Dr. Matthew, to resemble a second superior molar of C. Aamatus. It differs, however, from C. hama- tus in the more distinct development of the posterior spur of the metacone crescent, a character which may subsequently prove to give it distinct specific rank. The type skull of C. Aamatus is somewhat fractured. The top of the skull of the cotype, a female, is considerably narrower than that of C. ¢estis, female, presenting a condition intermediate between that of C. ¢estis and C. armatus. The canines in this animal, as in other females, are small. 28. Coryphodon singularis, sp. nov. Type, A hind limb, tibia, fibula and pes No. 2980, Loc., Wind River, Wyo. A small and unique hind foot and limb from the Wind River Beds, found upon the level of C. wortmani, is of excep- 1898. | Osborn, Evolution of the Amblypoda. Part I. 215 tional interest (Fig. 28). Associated lower tooth fragments, put together by Dr. Matthew, resemble those of a small Coryphodon, and clearly separate this animal from Aathyopsis. The differ- ences from the pes of Coryphodon are very significant, as follows : 1. Navicular laterally reduced, excluded from cuboid by ectocuneiform, a unique condition. 2. Ectocuneiform enlarged, articulating with astragalus (unique). 3. Second or middle phalanges greatly abbreviated upon all digits, I-V, as in Uintatherium manus. 4. Front surface of astragalus widened, separating tibial and navicular facets asin Uintatherium. 5. Tibia long and slender, unlike Coryphodon. The measurements of the metatarsals are as follows: Mts. I=22. Mts. Il=42. Mts. I1I=48. Mts. IV=42. Mts. V=34. Other measurements in Table on page Igg. ae 28. Coryphodon singylaris. Superior and lateral views of pes. Am. Mus. Coll. 0. 2980 This animal thus shows one progressive character (4), two entirely unique and distinctive characters (1, 2); the latter, together with (5), sharply separate it from Coryphodon ; two char- acters, 3, 4, parallel or approach Uintatherium. The other Wind River species, C. wortmani and C. ventanus, are distinguished from this by their typical metapodials, one of which is known in each type. The associated femur (No. 2970) is proportioned like the tibia, long and slender. 216 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. {Vol. X, Prophetic of this type, perhaps, is the pes of Pantolambda cavirictus (Fig. 12), in which the navicular is reduced upon the outer side and the ectocuneiform is elongated so as to nearly come in contact with the astragalus. Foot STRUCTURE. Cope (1884, 1, p. 1120) proposed the theoretical groups, Platy- arthra (with flat astragalus) and Amélypoda hyodonta (astragalus without a neck) from which to derive the Amblypoda. Both groups are superfluous now that it is clear that the ancestral Amblypoda can be derived directly from the Creodonta, all of which possess an astragalar neck. Paanes of 4 cals saat ioss Clara: ri a SoG tae A hy lee el eae Se 37 7 44 # , 7 Planes of _ Astragelo- Navicular & Facets. Fig. 29. Angles formed by tibio-astragalar astragalo-navicular. facets, to exhibit widening of front face of astragalus. Ur, Ursus; P. Pantolambda; C, Coryphodon testis ; Ut, Uinta- therium; E, Elephas. The transition is simple. By shortening of the neck of the astra- galus (Fig. 29 P. and C. and W.) the tibio-astragalar facet is gradually brought almost into confluence anteriorly with the astra- galo-navicular facet, as in C. radians. In C. lobatus and C. sin- gularis this space widens as in Uintatherium. 1. The Variables in these feet are the astragalar foramen and the “bale facet. From our present knowledge both these struc- tures (inherited in Coryphodon from Pantolambda) are useless or vestigial, tnconstantly developed and therefore not constant specific characters, In Fig. 26 (identical with Coryphodon III, Cope, 1877, Pl. 60), a small astragalus and calcaneum is shown which lacks both astra- galar foramen and tibiale facet. In C. /obatus (No. 4335, type of C. pachypus) there is a large tibiale facet, while the astragalar 1808. | Osborn, Evolution of the Amblypoda. Part J. 217 foramen is not even grooved. In No. 2870 the tibiale facet is irregular, and a groove represents the astragalar foramen. In C. testis, No. 258, the tibiale facet is irregular, the astragalar foramen is wanting; in No. 2869 it is completely bridged over; in No. 4300 (Cope’s cotype) it is partly bridged over. 2. In the relative constancy of the tibiale facet and of the astra- galar foramen or groove, the pes of Uintatherium mirabile is there- fore more primitive than that of Coryphodon. CONCLUSION OF ParRT I. The phylogenetic conclusions drawn from this analysis of the Taligrada and Pantodonta will be more fully discussed at the close of Part II of this paper, which will treat of the Dinocerata. The two main results thus far brought out are these: First, the demonstration of a number of separate phyletic lines of Corypho- dons ; these lines probably represent the local differentiations of the Coryphodon type in adaptation to different feeding ranges, that is, swamp, plain, and upland. The second result is, that certain Coryphodons approach the Dinocerata in some structures as closely as they depart widely from them in others; for example, C. armatus resembles Uintatherium in canine type, but differs from it in skull type; C. ¢est#is approaches Uintatherium in the upper posterior portion of the skull, but differs from it widely in the anterior portion of the skull, and in the structure of the canine teeth ; C. radians shows the assumption of the incisiform shape by the lower canines, so distinctive of Uéntathertum. But no Coryphodon is fully known which fills all the conditions of an ancestor of Uintatherium. Until the skull of Bathyopsis is known the transition between the above types will remain obscure. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PRINCIPAL REFERENCES. Corr, E. D. 1877.—Report upon the Extinct Vertebrata obtained in New Mexico by parties of the Expedition of 1874. U.S. Geol. Surv. west of tooth Mer. Palzontology, Vol. IV, Part ii. “A 1884.—The Vertebrata of the Tertiary Formations of the West. U. S. Geol. Surv., Vol. III, Part i, 1884. s 1884 (1).—The Amblypoda. American Naturalist, Nov. & Dec., 1884, pp. III0-I12I and pp. 1192-1202. Jan., 1885, pp. 40-55. 218 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X.] EARLE, CHAS. 1892.—Revision of the Species of Coryphodon. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. IV, 1892, pp. 149-166. Marsu, O. C. 1876.—On some of the Characters of the genus Coryphodon, Owen. Am. Jour. Sci. (3), Vol. XI, pp. 425-428, 1 pl. 1877 (1).—Brain of Coryphodon. American Naturalist, Vol. XI, p. 375. : (2).—Principal Characters of the Coryphodontide. Amer. Jour. Sci. (3), Vol. XIV, pp. 81-85, pl. iv. (6).—Introduction and Succession of Vertebrate Life in Amer- ica. (Vice-President’s Address before the American Associa- tion for the Advancement of Science, Nashville (Tenn.) meeting, Aug. 30, 1877.) Proc. Assoc., Vol. XXVI, pp. 211-258, 1 pl. 1878. 1884 (g).—Dinocerata: A Monograph of an Extinct Order of Gigantic Mammals. With 56 plates and 200 woodcuts. Washington, 4to, XVIII, pp. 237. Author’s edition. 1893 (7).—Restoration of Coryphodon, Amer. Jour. Sci. (3), Vol. XLVI, pp. 321-326, plates v and vi. New Haven, Oct., 1893. Osporn, H. F. 1893 (4).—Rise of the Mammalia in North America. (Vice- Pres. Add. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Sec. Zodl., Aug. 16, 1893.) Amer. Jour. Sci., Nov. and Dec., 1893. rf (5).—Fossil Mammals of the Upper Cretaceous. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. V, p, 15, Dec. 20, 1893. < 1895 (1).—Fossil Mammals of the Puerco Beds. Collection of 1892. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. VII, Art. 1, pp. 1-70, Mch. 8, 1895. (With Charles Earle.) 3 x 1898.—A complete Skeleton of Coryphodon radians. Notes upon the locomotion of the animal. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. X, April 4, 1898, pp. 81-91. oe oe oc ae “< Article XII.—ADDITIONAL CHARACTERS OF THE GREAT HERBIVOROUS DINOSAUR CAMARASAU- RUS. By Henry FAIRFIELD OSBORN. WirH THIRTEEN FIGURES IN TEXT. This gigantic reptile was found in the famous Como Bluffs of Wyoming by Dr. J. L. Wortman, of the Museum party of 1897, and Prof. Wilbur C. Knight, of the University of Wyoming. The Museum number is R. 222. The bones include the left ilium, the ischia and pubes of both sides, the right and left femora, the left tibia and astragalus, the right scapula and coracoid, two shattered cervicals, two complete dorsal vertebrae, two incomplete dorsals, three or four incomplete ribs, coalesced spines of three sacral vertebree and one sacral centrum, twenty caudals and twelve chevron bones. With the exceptions stated, the bones are in a remarkable state of preservation, having been worked out with exceptional skill by Mr. Granger and others, under the direction of Mr. Hermann. This is a large individual. The identification is provisional. The measurements, in comparison with those taken from the type of B. exce/sus Marsh, are as follows: Brontosaurus American Museum excelsus. No. 222. Length or fetiue cs... tw spaces sees 5 ft. gin. 5 ft. roin. PE PO IU a eee eS ee cee cma 3 ft. 6 in. 3 ft. 8 in. Seta emes POUR Serta culos cuigian spores doris alee 3 ft. 10 in. 3 ft. rIoin. Pde, WARMED. rs.'o nala'aawred tse ot & wus 3 ft. 8 in. 3 ft. gl in. pitt ORAS se cen ete s anise dvs t § ft)? 3: in. 5 ft. 7 int ies ote ME MCAIIER 8a as ied ies abate Vo) a 5,20" 2ft. 214 in. 2ft. 5 in. The new points of greatest importance are : First—The discovery of the hitherto unknown characters of the anterior caudal vertebre. Second.—The apparent resemblances of Camarasaurus Cope to Amphicelias' Cope, to Brontosaurus Marsh, Atlantosaurus Marsh, and Apatosaurus Marsh. 1This has been anticipated by Marsh (Am. Jour. Sci., Aug., 1881) in his first classification of the Dinosauria, in which Amfhicelias is bracketed after Camarasaurus, and placed in the Atlantosauride. In the final classification of the Dinosauria, however (‘ The Dinosaurs of North America,’ p. 241), Camarasaurus and Amphicelias are removed to the Morosauridz. [219] 220 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, Third.—The observation of structural analogy to certain stru- thious birds in the anterior dorsals and posterior cervicals. I. HABITS AND SIZE OF THE ANIMAL IN RELATION TO ITS STRUCTURE, The estimate given by Marsh of the total length of this animal is nearly or quite 60 feet; the tail is figured at about 24 feet. Since the vertebra believed by Marsh to be the third caudal is probably the roth or r1th, the tail should be increased to over 30 feet in length, by the addition of at least seven large anterior caudals. The total number of caudals is estimated at 40 as against 37 in Diplodocus. Marsh has attributed to Brontosaurus 27 precaudal vertebre, or 13 cervicals and 14 dorso-lumbars. From reasons given below it is probable that there was a larger number of dorso-lumbars, which would still further increase the length of -the animal to considerably over 60 feet. We can only conceive of the Camarasaur as a great wading and swimming quadruped, enjoying a habitat similar to that of the Upper St. John River, Florida, at the present time, namely, a relatively firm bottom gently graded to all depths, supporting a richly luxuriant aquatic vegetation, the river banks bordered by sloping shallows of sand (Colorado, Cafion City Beds) or clays (Wyoming, Como Beds). As imagined by Cope in his picture of Amphicelias (‘Century Magazine,’ November, 1887), the animal could walk along the bottom, raising the anterior portion of its body. We believe also that it could swim rapidly, propelled by its light but long and powerful tail, which would be useless upon land. The abundance of cartilage around all the limb joints and the non-osseous nature of many of the carpals and tarsals afford positive evidence that the limbs were not con- tinuously subjected to the hard impact of the enormous weight of the body by motion on land. Feeding was done in the water and along the shores. Excursions upon shore were there- fore like those of the Alligator, mainly for breeding and egg- laying purposes, and they exposed the animal to attack by the Megalosaurs. By means of powerful mid- and posterior-dorsal spines and opisthoccelous vertebra, the entire anterior part of the 1898.| Osborn, Additional Characters of Camarasaurus. 221 body, while in the water, could be raised or lowered with the great acetabulum acting as a fulcrum, thus presenting an analogy to the Hadrosaurs, which exerted a similar movement upon /and. The long neck, similar in structure and almost as flexible as that of an Emeu (Dromeus), could thus pass through a prodigious are in the search for food either under or above water. The neck motion apparently involved the anterior non-spine-bearing dorsals Fig. 1. Dromeus. Cervicals 13 and 14; dorsals 1 and 2, showing absence of median spines. Dorsal 3, showing large blunt median 5 ra resembling that of the Camarasaurus dorsal, Fig. rz of this Bu letin, Am. Mus. Coll., No. 607. as in Dromeus, behind which the comparatively inflexible large spine-bearing dorsals rose to maximum height in the sacrum for the insertion of the ligamentum nuche and elevator muscles. The importance of such an hypothesis of function will appear in the following description and discussion, and it applies to all the Cetiosauria, namely, to the Zorosaurus and Diplodocus types as well, which so far as known are uniform with the Camarasaur type in the peculiar bird-like structure of the posterior cervicals and anterior dorsals and in the possession of a very powerful swim- ming tail. Ten of the caudals in our specimen afford an interesting illus- tration of the cause of the distribution of these large skeletons 222 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. (Vol. X, over a considerable surface. The dorsal spines, and in some cases the sides of the centra are found to be deeply gashed with the sharp teeth of a carnivorous Dinosaur. The upper portion of several spines, in fact, is entirely bitten away, the upper surface containing jagged transverse grooves, which prove that the carnivore was of great power, and applied its pointed teeth with strong effect to the gristle and muscles upon the sides of this prodigious tail. TABLE I.—MEASUREMEN'TS OF VERTEBRE. 3 P| 6 | 88.1] ee 1 ae Peg be Peel a: eee | ead es eels | ee ee ee | bo | — | By | S88 888) a" | ade a 16g | 6 | & | B88 | S88) &s | BES o c?) o eS bal an 6) 6) e) O Oo a ea} Anterior dorsal. ? €310 310 | 1050 470 | e864 Posterior dorsal. ? 368 340) ||P 12800 |e es. e715 Kurstcaudal::.../.| 102 383 BSSrAV TOTS: |itect cena layeceens 957 é(2d) caudal’. 31s: LOA? Nie s 01s SZSO? Ih occu Fas ioc setter sel errs aeain | orereealare <3&4 © sthecatidal::... <);.-r6s 360 324 BOQ" lice. tieiecemy. e695 <6 e-Sthi caudals. czah. 9 177 340 300 SBOE cits. spec esscamennts 615 7 egth caudal......) 167 333 300 FOO asics hepa: 622 2 e12th' caudal’. ...] 179 |} 305 274 PDE | entre Nie Ae eee 587 rinse é-13th caudalvit..|- Ducks (type locality), Aug. 1-16, C. P. Streator 5 spec. (A. M. N. II.); Kamloops, Aug. 20-28, C. P. Streator, 7 spec. (A. M. N. H.); do., June 18, Prof. J. Macoun, 1 spec. ‘(A.-MiNieios do., July 14, S. N. Rhoads, 2 spec. (Coll. S. N. R.); Ashcroft, June 26 and 1 Collected and measured by S. N. Rhoads 2 Collected and measured by C. P. Streator. 3 All rather young, 4 All from U.S. Devarinsne of Agriculture Collection. 5 From U. S. Department of Agriculture Collection, when not otherwise credited. 1898. | Allen, Revision of the Chickarees. 269 July 9-12, C. P. Streator, 5 spec. (A. M. N. H.); do., Aug. 11-13, C. P. Streator, 10 spec.; do., June 4, 9, S. N. Rhoads, 2 spec. (Coll. S. N. R.) ; Shuswap, Sept. 3-6, C. P. Streator, g spec.; Sicamous, Oct. 1, 2, C. P. Streator, 4 spec.; Vernon, July 2c—Aug. 6, S. N. Rhoads, 14 spec. (Coll. S. N. R.); Revelstoke, April 13, Prof. J. Macoun, 1 spec. (A. M. N. H.); Field, Aug. 27, S. N. Rhoads, 5 spec. (Coll. S. N. R.); Glacier, Aug. 11, 12, J. A. Loring, 2 spec.; Bounaparte, June 14-16, S. N. Rhoads, 3 spec. (Coll. S. N. R.); Clinton, June 20-July 6, S. N. Rhoads, 4 spec. (Coll. S. N. R.); Lac la Hache, July, S. N. Rhoads, 4 spec. (Coll. S. N. R.). S. hudsonicus streatori is closely related to S. 4. richardsonti, with which it intergrades along the western and northern border of the range of the latter, namely, in the Kootenai District of British Columbia and in eastern Spokane County, Washington. Specimens from Fort Spokane, Cheney, Conconully, and Marcus, Washington, are about as well referable to one form as the other. Of five specimens from Marcus, one is typical vzchardsonit, while the others are s¢reafor?. At the westward, in the coast region of British Columbia, it intergrades with S. 2. vancouverensis. ‘The northern limit of its range is not at present determinable. It differs from true S. 4. richardsonit in the greatly reduced amount of black in the tail, and the more olivaceous tone of its upper surface in summer pelage. /¢ a/so has a much shorter tail. It differs from .S. 2. vancouverensis as pointed out under that form. Specimens from Field and Glacier, in the Rocky Mountains, on the line of the Canadian Pacific Railway, shade strongly toward richardsonit. Sciurus hudsonicus vancouverensis 4//en. VANCOUVER CHICKAREE. Sciurus hudsonius vancouverensis ALLEN, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. IIT, a 1890-91, 165 (Nov. 14, 1890).. Duncan Station, Vancouver Island, B. C. Winter Pelage.—Above like S. h. richardsonii, except that the black area of the tail is one-half to two-thirds smaller; below gray with a brownish tinge, sometimes brownish heavily vermiculated with dusky; generally the hairs are ashy-white, finely and profusely vermiculated with dusky, with only a slight tinge of brownish ; tail nearly as in S. 2. streatort. Summer Pelage.—Above dark olivaceous, sometimes with a tinge of reddish— nearly as in S. A. streatori and S. douglasii ; below white, generally with a tinge of fulvous, varying to a strong wash of pale yellow. eee eS ee ee 270 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. X, MEASUREMENTS.’ No. of Total Tail Hind Spec. Length. Vertebrz. Foot. Wellington, Vance. Isl... I 303 124 50 Goldstream, Vane. Isl... I1 308 (295-325) 120 (104-130) 50.1 (49-52) Comox, Vane. Isl....... 4 309 (303-315) 120 (114-128) 50.4 (50-52 } Wrangel, Alaska....... 7 297 (290-310) 115 (103-121) 49.4 (822) “3 Loring, Alaska,........ 4 296 (290-305) 118 (110-124) 49.5 (49-50) - 4 Juneau, Alaska........ 6 307 (300-315) 126 (120-132) 49.7 (48-51) ; SKULLS, 9 Noo tenth otal ee Duncan, Vane. Isl 5 45.6(44.5-46) 14.6(14.3-15) 12.8(12-13.6) 6.5 (6-6.8 : Comox, Vane. Isl.. 3 45.7(45-46.3) 15.2(14.9-15.8) 12.6(12.3-13) 7 (6.8-7.3 7 Goldstream, Ve. Isl. 9 46.3 (45.6-47.3) 15.6(14.6-15.6) 13(12.4-13.4) 7.3 (6.8-7.6) ? Wrangel, Alaska... 9 44.7 (43.3-46.3) 15.2(14.2-15.8) 12.6(12-13.4) 6.6(6.2-7.3) 4 Loring, Alaska... 4 44.8(44.6-45.1) 14.9(14.8-15) 13.3(13-13.6) 6.5 (6.2-7.2) By Juneau, Alaska.... 4 44.2(43.2-45) 14.0(14.1-15) 12.6(12.3-12.8) 6.5 (6.2-7) i Geographic Range.—Vancouver Island, and the coast region of northern : British Columbia, north at least to Sitka. Material Examined.’—Total number of specimens, go, from the following localities and sources : Vancouver Island: Duncan Station, Oct. 1-9, C. P. Streator, 7 spec. (A. M. N. H.); Goldstream, May 9-23, C. P. Streator, 15 spec.; do., June 5- 23, S. N. Rhoads, 16 spec. (Coll. S. N. Rhoads) ; Comox, May 31—June 8, C. P. Streator, 4 spec.; do., June 23, F. W. True and Dr. D. W. Prentiss, 2 spec. (U.S. N. M.); Wellington, May 23, C. P. Streator, 1 spec.; Departure Bay, May and Aug., C. H. Townsend, 7 spec. (U. S. N. M.); Victoria, June and July, S. N. Rhoads, 3 spec. (Coll. S. N. R.). British Columbia: Inverness, mouth of Skeena River, Aug. 23, E. A. Preble, 1 spec. Alaska: Wrangel, Aug. 31-Sept. 10, C. P. Streator, 13 spec.; do., Sum- mer, I spec. (Coll. C. H. M.); Yakutat, July 13, C. P. Streator, 1 spec.; Lor- ing, Sept. 19, 20, C. P. Streator, 8 spec.; Juneau, Aug 16-25, C, P. Streator, II spec. : ee ek ere tise ee te The Alaska specimens appear to be rather smaller than those from Vancouver Island, but the difference is probably more apparent than real, as with a few exceptions the Alaska specimens are young of the year, taken mostly in August, while the Van- 1 All collected and measured by C. P. Streator. Several of the Alaska specimens are evidently young of the year, which doubtless accounts for the slightly smaller size of the Alaska series. ; 2 f f 4 2 From U.S. Department of Agriculture Collection, when not otherwise credited, x LAT ant eee 1898. | Allen, Revision of the Chickarees. 271 couver specimens, of which measurements are here given, are all adult,—May and June specimens. The peculiar faint yellowish wash below, which is very different in tone and appearance from that of members of the dvuzlasii group, is quite a pronounced feature in vancouverensis, though shared, but in less degree, by both s¢reatori and daileyi. In winter pelage, in vancouverensts, this pale rusty or fulvous tint suffuses the heavily vermiculated under surface, which is only a little less prominent, but of a different shade, than in the winter pelage of S. douglasit. Scturus hudsonicus vancouverensis was based originally on six specimens in summer pelage from Duncan Station, Vancouver Island. In the original description (/. ¢.) it was compared with what is here recognized as S. 4. streatori, no specimens of true S. h. richardsonit being then at hand. The measurements given were only approximate, being taken from skins badly prepared. The present material renders it possible to give correct measure- ments, and to make full comparison with its allies. S. h. vancouverensis is closely related to S. 4. streatorz, with which it intergrades near the coast region of British Columbia. It is a coast form resembling in coloration S. 4. richardsonit of the interior mountains, except that in winter pelage the ventral surface is more heavily vermiculated and more or less suffused with brownish. In this last feature it differs markedly from SS. /. streatort, as well as in being less olivaceous and more suffused with rufous in summer pelage. It is also smaller than SS. 4. streator/, and consequently very much smaller than S. 4. richardsonit. REVIEW OF THE Sciurus hudsonicus GROUP. The Sciurus hudsonicus group is made up of a number of closely related, intergrading forms, the most strongly differentiated of which, in their extreme phases, are true S. Audsonicus of the Arctic districts, the somewhat isolated .S. 4. dakotensis of the Black Hills region of South Dakota, and S. h. richardsonit of the moun- tains of central Idaho and the Coeur d’Alene and Bitter Root regions of northern Idaho and adjoining parts of Montana and Washington. Taking the range of S. 7. richardsoni? as a point of departure, we have two pale forms adjoining SS. 4. richardsonit on 272 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. \|Vol. X, the east and south—to the east and southeast the S. 4. dadleyi, a pale form of the more arid region between the plains and the eastern base of the Rocky Mountains, in central and southeastern Wyoming and eastern Montana ; to the southward, S. 4. ventorum, a less pale form of the Wind River region, and thence southward. to the Wasatch range. West of the Rocky Mountains, to the northward, and cut off from the range of S. 2. ventorum by the intervention of typical S. 2. richardsonit and S. douglasti caltfor- nicus, we meet with S. 4. streator’,a pale form of the somewhat arid interior of British Columbia, and to the west of this, in the Columbian and Sitkan coast region (including Vancouver Island) the darker and more heavily vermiculated and suffused S. 4. vancouverensis. None of these forms are strongly marked except S. h. richardsonit, which, however, unquestionably intergrades with baileyi, ventorum and streatori ; but the slight differences in all these forms are fairly constant (allowing for exceptional individual variation) over large areas, characterized respectively by well marked differences in physical conditions. Besides the differences in the general coloration of the upper parts, the greatly lessened amount and darker tint of the red in the tail is a striking feature of the western forms as compared with the eastern. The red in the tail is at the maximum and lightest in tint in S. 2. dakotensis ; there is much less in 5S. A, baileyi, a further reduction and darkening of the tint in S. 2. veniorum, S. h. streatori, and S. h. vancouverensis, the greatest reduction, how- ever, and the darkest tint occurring in S. 2. richardsonit. In the East, south of Canada and northern New England and northern New York, only S. 4. doguax occurs; it intergrades at the northward with S. Audsonicus, with a rather broad connecting area where neither form is typically represented. Within the area of Joguax, as here assigned, there is no very well defined variation in coloration characteristic of particular areas, whatever may exist being masked by the wide range of individual variation at all seasons. Variations in size with locality, however, are quite marked, with, at the same time, such gradual intergradation over the intervening areas, and with no very tangible color differences, that it has not been deemed advisable to recognize in nomenclature local variations in size, although very marked when 1898. | Allen, Revision of the Chickarees. 273 the extremes are compared, as, for example, northern Maine and New Brunswick with southern Minnesota and Wisconsin. As melanistic examples of the Sciurus hudsonicus group are extremely rare, it may be of interest to note that the present material includes one example, in winter pelage, wholly intense black. It was collected by Dr. W. H. Dall, at Nulato, Alaska, and is No. 8930 of the U.S. National Museum collection (original No. 502). Sciurus douglasii Bachman. DoucGLas’s CHICKAREE. Sciurus douglasii GRAY, Proc. Zodl. Soc. Lond. 1836, 88 (omen nudem) ; BACHMAN, Proc. Zodél. Soc. Lond. 1838, 99 (‘‘ Columbia River,”’ summer pelage) ; Barrp, Mam. N. Am. 1857, 275 (in part). Sciurus hudsonius douglasii ALLEN, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. XVII, 1874, 288 ; Mon. N. Am. Roden. 1877, 673 (in part). Scturus belcheri GRAY, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. X, 1842, 263; Zodl. Voy. Sulphur, I, 1845, 33, pl. xii, fig. 2. Mouth of Columbia River. Sciturus suckleyi BAtRD, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1855, 333; Mam. N. Am. 1857, 276, footnote. Puget Sound, winter pelage. Winter Pelage.— Above with a broad median band of dark ferruginous, the hairs ringed near the tip with black and chestnut ; rest of upper parts, limbs and feet, dark brownish gray, the hairs being ringed with a much lighter shade ~ of ferruginous than on the back, the general effect tending to gray; dusky lateral line generally present, varying from obsolete to well defined; under parts strong buffy gray varying to ochraceous, profusely vermiculated with black, the general effect in average specimens being buffy gray. Tail above centrally for two-thirds its length of nearly the same color as the median dorsal band, but more coarsely varied with black, and with the tips of the hairs yellow or yellowish; the black submarginal zone narrow and obscured ; a broad subterminal band of black ; outer fringe of tail yellow or yellowish, narrowest across the end of the tail ; below the tail is grizzled rusty and black, with the submarginal black zone and the broad subterminal black band more distinct than above, as is also the yellow marginal fringe. Ears conspicuously tufted with blackish. Summer Pelage.—Above dark olivaceous brown with a tinge of reddish, the hairs being minutely punctated with deep ferruginous ; lateral line broad and intensely black ; feet deep orange rufous, extending with diminishing intensity to the shoulder ; ventral surface orange, varying from orange yellow to deep reddish orange ; tail much as in winter pelage but narrower and less full. In general effect the color, both above and below, in both pelages, is subject to much individual variation, but especially in summer, dependent upon the | July, 1898.] Is 274 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. (Vol. X, depth of the rufous suffusion above, and of the intensity of the orange tint below. In codrdination with this the tail fringe varies from deep yellowish rufous to yellowish white. MEASUREMENTS. No. of Total Tail Hind Spec. Length. Vertebra. Foot. Marshfield, Ore.'... 6 316 (305-336) 123 (113-132) 49.5 (49-50) Yaquina Bay, Ore.’. 4 314 (295-343) 127 (117-144) 48.5 (47-50) Newport, Ore.* .... 5 316 (310-323) 129 (121-134) 50 (49-51) Neah Bay, Wash.*.. 14 315 (305-325) 128 (122-135) 50 (49-51) SKULLS. No. of Postorbital Length of Breadth of Spec. Length. Breadth. Nasals. Nasals. Marshfield, Ore.. 3. 47 (46-48.2) 14.7 (14.5-15) 14 (12.8-14) 6 (5.5-6.2) Yaquina Bay, Ore. 5 46.7 (45-47.5) 14.7 (14.2-15.2) 13.3 (12-14) 6.5 (6-7) Neah Bay, Wash.. 5 46 (44.5-47) 14.4 (14-16) 12.7 (12.5-13) 6.9 (6-7.2) Geographic Range.—The immediate vicinity of the Pacific coast in Oregon and Washington, from about Cape Blanco to Juan de Fuca Strait. In its ex- treme development it is limited to within about 50 to roo miles of the coast. To the southward it merges into S. d. mollipilosus, and to the eastward grades into S. d. cascadensis. Specimens from Myrtle Point, Coos Co,, Oregon, are apparently intergrades with mo/lipilosus ; specimens from Glendale and Cleve- land, Douglas Co., and from Eugene, Lane Co., Oregon, have the tail fringed with white, but the under parts are much more ochraceous than in true casca- densis, North of Eugene, S. douglasii appears to reach the Willamette Valley, as shown by specimens from Corvallis, Salem and Portland; while Kalama specimens from further north, on the Columbia River, are more or less interme- diate between the true coast and the Cascades forms. Further north in Wash- ington, specimens from Tenino (Thurston Co.) and Roy (western Pierce Co.) have the white-fringed tails of the interior form, while Fort Steilacoom, Tacoma, and Port Townsend specimens are referable to the coast form. There are no specimens from east of the great net-work of sounds connected with Admirality Inlet, so that whether the coast form occurs to the eastward of these waterways present material does not determine, but it seems probable, as specimens from Mt. Vernon, Hamilton and Sauk, in the Skagit Valley, are either the coast form or intermediates closely approaching it. Further north, however, on the east coast of the Strait of Georgia, S. douglasii is replaced by S. d. cascadensis, the white-tailed form found further south only in the interior. 1 Collected and measured by } E. McLellan, 2 Collected and measured by B. J. Bretherton. 8 Collected and measured by E. A. Preble and R. T. Young. oe eee wae 1898. | Allen, Revision of the Chickarees. 275 Material Examined.'—Total number of specimens, 120, from the following localities and sources : Oregon: Type, ‘‘ Columbia River,” J. K. Townsend (Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.) ; Marshfield, Coos Co., Aug. 25-30, J. E. McLellan, 7 spec.; Scottsburgh, Douglas Co., Sept, 19, J. E. McLellan, 1 spec. ; Gardiner, Douglas Co., Sept. 4, J. E. McLellan, 1 spec.; Florence, Lane Co., Sept. 24, J. E. McLellan, 1 spec.; Seaton, Lane Co., Oct. 10, J. E McLellan, 2 spec.; Yaquina Bay, Lincoln Co., March 8 and July 27, B. J. Bretherton, 4 spec.; do., Dec. 7, C. P. Streator, 1 spec.; Newport (on Yaquina Bay) Aug. 3, 5, 31, and Sept. 4, B. J. Bretherton, 6 spec.; Grand Ronde, Polk Co., Nov. 27, J. E. McLellan, 1 spec.; McCoy, Yamhill Co., Oct. 19, B. J. Bretherton, I spec.; Tillamook, Tillamook Co., June 30, Dr. A. K. Fisher, 1 spec.; do., Nov. 8. J. E. McLellan, 1 spec.; Astoria, Clatsop Co., July 30, Dr. T. S. Palmer, I spec.; Forest Grove, Washington Co., July 7-9, C. McNamee, 2 spec.; Beaverton, Washington Co., June 1, 1 spec. (Coll. C. H. M.); do., Feb. 8—-March 26, A. W. Anthony, 3 spec. (U..S. N. M.); Portland, June 24, Dr. A. K. Fisher, 1 spec.;- Eagle Creek, Clackamas Co., Nov. 18, B. J. Bretherton, 1 spec.; Salem, Nov. 1-16, C. P. Streator, 4 spec.; Colquit City, F. S. Matteson, I spec. (U. S. N. M.). Washington: Kalama, Cowlitz Co., Oct. 14, 15, C. P. Streator, 7 spec. (not typical) ; Pacific Co., April 29, July 17-21, A. H. Helme, 4 spec. (A. M. N. H.) ; Cape Disappointment, Pacific Co., Oct. 14, 15, C. P. Streator, 5 spec. (A. M. N. H.); Aberdeen, Chehalis Co., Aug. 13, Dr. T. S. Palmer, 1 spec.; Quinniault Lake, Chehalis Co., July 17, R. T. Young, 1 spec.; Chehalis Co., March 1 and Nov. 14, Dr. L. C. Tony, 2 spec. (Coll. C. H. M.); Steilacoom, Pierce Co., Aug. 27-30, Dr. T. S. Palmer, 3 spec.; do., Oct. 7, C. P. Streator, I spec.; Fort Steilacoom, Jan. and March, Dr. Geo. Suckley, 3 spec. (Scczrzs suckleyi Baird—U. S. N. M.); American Lake, Pierce Co., March 25, S. N. Rhoads, 2 spec. (Coll. S. N. R.); Tacoma, Pierce Co., Aug. 20, Dr. A. K. Fisher, 1 spec.; Nesqually, Pierce Co., April 4-17, S. N. Rhoads, 5 spec. (Coll. S. N. R.—the Pierce County specimens are not typical); North Fork of Sko- komish River (Olympic Mts.), Aug. 26-31, B. J. Bretherton, 5 spec.; Lake Cushman, Mason Co., June 27 and July 7, C. P. Streator, 2 spec.; Port Town- send, Aug. 28, 29, Dr. C. Hart Merriam, 2 spec. (Coll. C. H. M.); Neah Bay, Clallam Co., May 25-June 8, R. T. Young, 10 spec.; do., May 15—June §, E. A. Preble, 4 spec. ; do., Aug. 31, Sept. 1, Dr. C. Hart Merriam, 3 spec. (Coll. C. H. M.) ; Suez, Clallam Co., May 18, R. T. Young, 2 spec.; Lapush, Clallam Co., June 16-18, R. T. Young, 3 spec.; Mt. Vernon, Skagit Co., Sept. 7, Dr. T. S. Palmer, 1 spec.; do., Dec. 28, C. P. Streator, 1 spec.; do., June 29, E. A. Preble, « spec.; Sauk, Skagit Co., Sept. 11, C. P. Streator, 1 spec.; Ham- ilton, Skagit Co., Sept. 11-14, C. P. Streator, 8 spec.; Simiahmoo, Whatcom Co., Sept., Dr. J. H. Kennerly, 1 spec. (U. S. N. H.). 1 From U. S. Department of Agriculture Collection, when not otherwise credited. 276 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, Sciurus douglasi mollipilosus Aud. & Bach. SM oS i 5 Tt we ee Fis eee ee ee rE eee - es REDWOOD CHICKAREE, Sciurus mollipilosus AUD. & Bacu. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1842, 316; Quad. N. Am. I, 1849, 157, pl. xix. Coast of Northern California. Sciurus hudsonicus orarius BANGS, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. XI, 1897, 281, Dec. 30, 1897. Philo., Mendocino Co., Cal. a! Pe sek a ‘Winter Pelage.—Above similar to S. douglasii, but the median dorsal band is less dark, and the sides are more decidedly grayish in general effect ; below pale buffy gray, heavily vermiculated with black. Tail nearly asin S. cascadensis, being fringed with white instead of yellow. : sent The coloration below is generally gray with a slight tinge of buff, but varies id to strong buff. E Summer Pelage.—Very similar, both above and below, to S. douglasit, except that the tail is fringed with white ; the general tone of the upper parts, however, is more olivaceous and less ferruginous, and the lower parts are less deeply tinted. MEASUREMENTS. , idl Length. Tail Vertebree. Hind Foot. Crescent City, Cal.1 4 321 (316-330) 126 (123-135) 50.8 (50-52) Sherwood, Cal.’.... 5 314 (299-336) 135 (127-147) 46.5 (45-50) eye Willets, Cal.?...... 4 317 (314-347) 135 (121-146) 50 (45-55) 4 Philo Galen ee ae 316 (302-327) 136 (127-148) 50.8 (50.8-50.8) ee SKULLS, Spec, Lenath. Breadth. ‘i Crescent City, Cal. 3 46.6 (45.6-47.3) 15.4 (15.3-15.6) 13.6 (13-14.6) 7.1 (7-7.2) 3 Willets,. Cal. os2: 2 45.5 (43.6-46.5) 14.7 (14.5-14.8) 13 (12.8-13.1) 6.5 (6-7) ay Sherwood, Cal.... 5 44.3 (42.4-45.8) 14.7 (14.2-15) 12.7 (12.2-13) 6,8 (6,2-7.6) aed eae Geographic Range.—Pacific coast region of northern California, west of the Coast Range, from Sonoma County (Petaluma) north into Curry County (Port Oxford), Oregon. Grades into S. d. californicus in the Siskiyou region. Material Examined.A—Total number of specimens, 16, from the following localities and sources : California: Cazadero, Mendocino Co., July 4, J. E. McLellan, 1 spec. ; . ve Willets, Mend. Co, alt. 1700-2000 ft., F. Stephens, May 5 and 22, 3 spec. ; is & Sherwood, Mend. Co., alt. 2400-2700 feet, May 9-12, F. Stephens, 6 spec. ; Ree Eureka, Humboldt Co., May 23, Dr. T. S. Palmer, 1 spec. ; Crescent City, Sway a Del Norte Co., June 25, Dr. T. S, Palmer, 3 spec. ; Gasduct, Del Norte Co., cha Oct. 25, J. A. Loring, I spec. Oregon: Port Oxford, Curry Co., Aug. 16, J. E. McLellan, 1 spec. 1 Collected and measured by Dr. T. S. Palmer. 2 Collected and measured by F. Se are 3 ego and measured by C. A. Allen (from Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash,, Vol. XI, 1897, p. 28 VAT ree U.S. Department of Agriculture Collection. 1898. | Allen, Revision of the Chickarees. 277 Sciurus douglasii cascadensis, subsp. nov. CASCADES CHICKAREE. Winter Pelage.—Almost indistinguishable, both above and below, from S. da. mollipilosus, being similarly characterized by the white fringed tail and rather paler tints, in comparison with S. douglasiz. Summer. Pelage.—More olivaceous above and less deeply orange below than either S. douglasii or S. d. mollipilosus, varying from yellowish buff to buffy ochraceous, thus strongly approaching S. d. californicus, with which it inter- grades to the east and south. MEASUREMENTS. No. of Tail : Hind See: Length. Verrier: Feat: Mt. Hood, Ore.'.... -.. 2 325 (320-330) 135 (130-138) 50.5 (50-51) Bald’ Mt.) One®. 1. 392 132 51 Mt. Ranier, Wash.?..... I 303 125 50 Lake Chelan, Wash.? ... 11 333 (315-348) 133 (113-146) 52.8 (51-54) Hamilton, Wash.*....... 8 287 (270-325) 115.6 (102-125) 48.6 (47-51) Port Moody, B. C.*....; 17. 309 (290-318) 123 (116-131) 49 (46-51) Agacsis BCs ets Q 307 (292-321) 125 (113-132) 50.9 (48-52) SKULLS. No ‘ . Postorbital NASALS. Gree. aera’ Breadth. Length. Ant. Breadth. Hamilton, Wash.... 2 46.4 (45.8-47) 14.9 (14.8-15) 13.2 (12.4-14) _ 6.7 (6.5-7) Lake Chelan, Wash . ie 48.5 (47-6-49) 14.5 (14-15) 13.8 (13.3-14.3) 7 (6.7-7.1) Port Moody, B.C... 5 45.1 (43.6-46) 14.9 (14.5-15.4) 12.9 (12.4-13.4) 4 3 (6- 2 6) 45-9 (45-46.6) 14.6 (14.3-15.2) 13.1 (12-14.2) 3 (6-6.7) N. Westminster, B.C. 8 46 2 (46-46.5) 14.9 (14-15-3) 13.7 (13-14.6) 5 (6.2-7) Geographic Range.—The Cascades region of Oregon and Washington, north into British Columbia, including also the coast region at the mouth of the Fraser River, and north at least to Rivers Inlet (about 51° 30’), some fifty miles north of Vancouver Island. In Oregon this form prevails south in the Cas- cades to the vicinity of Fort Klamath ; and, west of the Cascades, to Glendale, Cleveland, Eugene and Sweet Home, and in Washington, to Tenino, Roy and Snoqualmie Falls. Type, No. 80,229, U. S. Nat. Mus. (Dept. Agr. Coll.), ¢ ad., Mt. Hood, Oregon, Sept. 9, 1896; V. Bailey. 1 Collected and measured by V. Bailey. 2 Collected and measured by Dr. A. K. Fisher. 3 Collected and measured by B. } Bretherton. 4 Collected and measured by C. P.:Streator. 278 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, Material Examined.'—Total number of specimens, 107, from the following localities and sources : Oregon : Glendale, Douglas Co., Dec. 18 (C. P. Streator), and June 18 (Dr. A. K. Fisher), 2 spec. ; Elk Head, Douglas Co., April 20, A. Todd, 1 spec. (U.S. N. M.); Eugene, Lane Co., Nov. 21, C. P. Streator, I spec. ; Sweet Home, Linn Co., Nov..28, and Jan. 27, W. C. Swann, 3 spec. (U. S. N. M.); Bald Mt., head of Clackamas River, Nov. 10, B. J. Bretherton, 1 spec. ; Eagle Creek, Clackamas Co., Nov. 18, B. J. Bretherton, 1 spec. ; Permilia Lake, west base of Mt. Jefferson, Oct. 2-5, J. A. Loring, 4 spec. ; Mt. Hood, Sept. 9 and to, V. Bailey, 2 spec. Washington: Goldendale, Klickitat Co., July 8, W. K. Fisher, 1 spec. ; Cleveland, Klickitat Co., July 28, W. K. Fisher, 2 spec. ; do., July 12, Bailey and Loring, 2 spec.; Trout Lake, Klickitat Co., June 28, J. A. Loring, 2 spec. ; Tenino, Thurston Co., June 30, R. T. Young, 2 spec. ; Ashford, Pierce Co., Aug. 9, W. K. Fisher, 2 spec. ; Roy, Pierce Co., Aug. 18, V. Bailey, I spec. ; Mt. Ranier, Aug. 6, Dr. A. K. Fisher, 1 spec. ; Easton, Kittitas Co., July 3-20, C. P. Streator, 4 spec. ; Kecheelus Lake, Kittitas Co., Aug. 15, Dr. A. K. Fisher, 1 spec. ; Wenatchee, Kittitas Co., Sept. 19, J. A. Loring, 3.spec.; Natchez River, Yakima Co., July 28, W. K. Fisher, 1 spec. ; Sno- qualmie Falls, Kings Co., June 1, C. H. Townsend, 3 spec, (U.S. N. M.); head of Lake Chelan, Okanagan Co., Aug. 13-21, C. P. Streator, 10 spec. (not typical, they approaching californicus, particularly in large size, and somewhat in color). British Columbia: Head of Rivers Inlet, Aug. 27-Sept. 3, E. A. Preble, 3 spec. ; Burrard Inlet, May 4, Prof. J. Macoun, 1 spec. (A. M. N. H.) ; Gib- son’s Landing, Howe Sound, July 23, E. A. Preble, 1 spec. ; Lund, July 16, 17, E. A. Preble, 2 spec. ; Langley, July 9, E. A. Preble, 1 spec. ; Hastings, Nov. 21, C. P. Streator, 1 spec. ; Port Moody, July 26-31, and Oct. 25-Nov. 1, C. P. Streator, 18 spec. ; Mt. Lehman, June 2 and 9, C. P. Streator, 3 spec. (A. M. N. H.) ; New Westminster, April 23-May 20, C. P. Streator, 14 spec. (A. M. N. H.); do., Nov. 2, H. W. Elliott, 1 spec. (U. S. N. M.) ; Agassiz, Nov. 28—Dec. 6, C. P. Streator, 9 spec. ; Sumas, March 2 and June 10, S. N. Rhoads, 2 spec. (Coll. S. N. R.). Sciurus douglasii californicus (A//en). CALIFORNIA CHICKAREE, Sciurus hudsonius californicus ALLEN, Bull. Am, Mus, Nat. Hist. III, 1890- gI, 165 (Nov. 14, 1890). Blue Cafion, Placer Co., Cal. Winter Pelage.—Above similar to S. d. cascadensis, but the median band of a much paler shade of chestnut, and the general color much lighter and grayer 1 From U.S, Department of Agriculture Collection, when not otherwise credited. ee ee 1898. Allen, Revision of the Chickarees. 279 in general effect. Tail broad and full, with generally less chestnut at the base of the hairs and the outer white fringe much broader and intense, clear white. Ventral surface grayish white, without fulvous tinge and with little or no vermicu- lation, and this mainly at the sides of the ventral area. Summer Pelage.—Above similar to S. d. cascadensis—almost indistinguish- able, in fact, but rather lighter and grayer in general effect. Ventral surface pale fulvous, varying from cream white to pale fulvous ; feet ochraceous, with a conspicuous deep ochraceous band along the front edge of the thigh ; fore arm ochraceous, the inner surface only a little paler than the outer, Tail narrow and slender, usually very little chestnut at base of hairs, and the fringe pure white, as in winter, but narrower. The contrast between the coloration of the ventral surface in true S. douglasié and typical S. d. californicus, in both the summer and winter pelages, is thus very striking, but in the Cascades region of Oregon and Washington, the two completely intergrade through S. d. cascadensis. MEASUREMENTS. No. of Tail Hind eee. Length. Vertelnes, Foot. Mt. Whitney, Cal.'..... Q 322 (290-344) 131 (116-142) 51.3 (47-55) Buck’s Ranch, Cal.?.... 6 319.5 (307-325) 128.3 (126-133) 52 (51-54) Lassen Creek, Cal.?.... 7 341 (331-348) 148 (137-156) — 553 (52-55) Siskiyou, -Ore:*. 27... <. 6 332 (325-338) 131 (126-135) 52.3 (52-54) Fort Klamath, Ore.4. .. 8 331 (308-340) 137 (126-144) 52.6 (52-55) Geographic Range.—The Sierra Nevada region of central and northern Cali- fornia, north in Oregon, east of the Cascades, to the Maury Mountains and Strawberry Butte, over which region it prevails with little change and may be considered typical, and nearly typical cafornicus prevails westward in Oregon to the eastern base of the Cascades, where it passes into cascadensis. Material Examined.’—Total number of specimens, 174, from the following localities and sources : Nevada: Near Bijou, June 4, C. A. Keeler, 3 spec. 1 Collected and measured by B. H. Dutcher. 2 Collected and measured by F. Stephens. 3 Collected and measured by C. P. Streator. 4 Collected and measured by Vernon Bailey and E. A. Preble. 5 From the U. S. Department of Agriculture Collection, when not otherwise credited. SKULLS. : Spee, Length. goals eam eh Mt. Whitney, Cal ... 4 47.4(47-48.5) 14.3 (13.8-15) 13.4 (12-14.5) 6.9 (6.5-7) Buck’s Ranch, Cal.... 4 46.1 (44.6-47) 14.3(14-15) 12.9 (12-13.4) 6.7 (6.3-7.2 Donner, Cal......... 6 47.9 (47-49) 14.5 (14.3-15) 13.6 (13-14.8) 7 (6.7-7.3) Siskiyou, Ore.... ... 5 47.4 (46.2-47.8) 14.8 (14.2-15) 13.3 (13-13.5) 6.8 (6.3-7.3) Fort Klamath, Ore... 4 47.4 (46.5-48.5) 14.9 (14.8-15) 14.1 (14-14.3) 6.9 (6.5-7) 280 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, California: Kern River, Kern Co., Sept. 4, E. W. Nelson, 1 spec. ; Kern Lakes, Kern Co., Aug., V. Bailey, 1 spec.; E. Fork of Keweah River, Tulare Co., July 30, V. Bailey, 1 spec ; Mt. Whitney, Tulare Co., June 23—Aug. 31, B. H. Dutcher, 8 spec.; do., Aug. 20 and 31, Dr. Fisher and V. Bailey, 2 spec. ; do., Sept 6 and 10, H. W. Henshaw, 5 spec. (U.S. N. M.); Minera! King, Fresno Co., Sept. 9, Dr. A. K. Fisher, 1 spec. ; San Joaquin River, Fresno Co., July 25 and 28, E. W. Nelson, 2 spec.; do., alt. 8000 feet, July 28 and 29, F Stephens, 2 spec.; S. Fork of King River, Fresno Co., Aug. 15, Dr. A. K. Fisher, I spec.,; Mammoth, Fresno Co., alt. 8400 feet, July 22, F. Stephens, 2 spec. ; Bishop Creek, Fresno Co., alt. 8000 feet, Aug. 4, F. Stephens, I spec.; Sierra Nevada, Fresno Co., July 22-24, E. W. Nelson, 4 spec. ; Sequoia National Park, Merced Co., Aug 4-7, Dr. A. K. Fisher, 4 spec. ; S. Fork Merced River, Merced Co., Aug. 3, E. W. Nelson, I spec. ; Soquel Mill, Merced Co., alt. 5500 feet, Dec. 1 and 2, J. E. McLellan, 2 spec. ; Markle- ville, Alpine Co., alt. 5800 feet, Aug. 30 and Sept. 1, F. Stephens, 2 spec. ; Michigan Bluff, Placer Co., Oct. 27, V. Bailey, 1 spec. ; Blue Caiion, Placer Co., Oct. 7-13, C. A. Allen, 9 spec. (A. M. N. H.); do , Oct. 16-20 and June 3, 6, C. A. Allen, 4 spec. ; Summit, Placer Co., alt. 4500 feet, July 1, F. Stephens, 1 spec. ; do., Aug. 19-22, J. E. McLellan, 2 spec. ; Atwell’s Mill, alt. 6300 feet, Nov. 19, J. E. McLellan, 1 spec. ; Pyramid Peak, Eldorado Co., July 18, W. W. Price, 1 spec. (A. M. N. H.); Silver Lake Amidor Co., June 27 and 28, J. Diefenbach, 2 spec. (A. M. N. H.); Donner, Nevada Co., June 1-4, J. A. Loring, 3 spec. ; do., June 11-18, C. A. Allen, 6 spec. (Coll. C. H. M.) ; do., June 7, C. A. Allen, 2 spec. (A. M. N. H.); Nevada City, Nevada Co., Aug. 7-10, C. P. Streator, 6 spec.; Buck’s Ranch, Plumas Co., alt. 5100 feet, June 22-24, F. Stephens, 6 spec.; Greenville, Plumas Co., alt. 4500 feet, F. Stephens, 2 spec. ; Oroville, Butte Co., alt. 3400 feet, June 17, F. Stephens, 1 spec. ; Lassen Creek, Modoc Co., alt. 5200-6000 feet, July 25-Aug. 2, F. Stephens, 10 spec. ; Camp Bidwell, Medoc Co., July 25, H. W. Henshaw, 1 spec. (U.S. N. M.); Grizzly Creek, Lassen Co., June 21, F.:Stephens, 1 spec. ; Mt. Lassen, Lassen Co., Sept. 16, C. H. Townsend, 3 spec. (U. S. N. M.); Honey Lake, Lassen Co., June 20, H. W. Henshaw, 1 spec. (U. S. N. M.); Big Valley Mts., Lassen Co., Sept. 15-20, C. P. Streator, 5 spec. ;. Mt. Shasta, Shasta Co., July, C. H. Townsend, 3 spec. (U. S. N. M.); Fort Crook, Trinity Co., Oct. 24, D. F. Parkinson, 1 spec. (U. S. N. M.); do., John Feilner, 1 spec. (U. S. N. M.); Carberry, Trinity Co., May 18, C. P. Streator, 1 spec. ; Shelly Creek, Siskiyou Co, (Siskiyou Mts.), Oct. 16-25, J. A. Loring, 3 spec. Oregon: Siskiyou, Jackson Co., Sept. 27-Oct. 7, C. P. Streator, 8 spec. ; Diamond Lake, Jackson Co., Aug. 13, E. A. Preble, 1 spec. ; Prospect, Jack- son Co,, Aug. 30, E. A. Preble, 1 spec.; Fort Klamath, Klamath Co., Feb. 18-28, and Jan. 17, S. Parker, 9 spec.; do., Jan., Feb. and Aug., Capt. C. Bendire, 6 spec. (Coll. C. H. M.); do., Aug. 12, Dr. C. H. Merriam, and V. Bailey, 2 spec. ; do., Sept. 8-11, E. A, Preble, 6 spec. ; do., Feb. 18, S. ING a eye Nr ae — ere T ee ey en ye eae ee | ee Se ee ee 1898. | Allen, Revision of the Chickarees. 281 Parker, 1 spec. (Coll. C. H. M.); do., Nov. 9 and 19, and Dec, 18, Dr. J. C. Merrill, 4 spec. (U. S. N. M.); do., Aug. 31, H. W. Henshaw, 1 spec. (U. S. N. M.); Swan Lake Valley, June 12, 13, V. Bailey, 2 spec. ; Naylox, Klamath Co., Sept. 19, E. A. Preble, 1 spec. ; W. Sink Creek, east base of Mt. Thiel- sen, Klamath Co., Aug. 25, 26, Merriam and Bailey, 2 spec. ; Warner Mts., Lake Co., Aug. 2, 3, Merriam and Bailey, 4 spec. ; do., Aug. 9, H. W. Hen- shaw, 1 spec. (U.S. N. M.); Maury Mts., Lake Co., June 30, and July 31, V. Bailey, 2 spec. ; ten miles north of Harney, Harney Co., July 10, E. A. Preble, 1 spec. ; Camp Harney, Harney Co., Jan. 9, Capt. C. Bendire, 1 spec. (U.S. N.M.); Buck Creek, Crook Co., July 4, V. Bailey, 1 spec.; Bend, Crook Co., Aug. 2, E. A. Preble, 1 spec. ; Pengra, Crook Co., Aug. 7, E. A. Preble, I spec. ; Strawberry Butte, Grant Co., July 13, V. Bailey, 2 spec. ; ten miles west of Wapineta, Wasco Co., Sept. 5, V. Bailey, 1 spec. REVIEW OF THE Scturus douglasit GROUP. The present material is greatly inadequate for a satisfactory study of the S. douglasti group as developed in California, Oregon, Washington and British Columbia. There are apparently three forms along the coast, one of which (the northern) also occurs in the interior, while a fourth is wholly confined to the interior. These are, beginning at the southwest : (1) S. douglasii moliipilosus, of the redwood belt, west of the Coast Range, which extends from Sonoma County, California, into Curry County, Oregon, intergrad- ing with .S. d. californicus in the Siskiyou region, and with doug- Jasii proper at the northward ; (2) S. douglasii of the immediate coast region of Oregon and Washington, being confined mainly to within 50 to too miles of the coast, but extending also up the Skagit Valley, and intergrading on the east with S. d@. cascadensts ; (3) S. d. cascadensis, of the coast region of southwestern British Columbia, and thence southward throughout the Cascades, not only in the mountains proper, but to varying distances from the base, both to the east and the west, intergrading to the westward with S. douglasit, and to the southeastward with S. d. californicus ; (4) S. a. californicus, of the Sierra Nevada region of California and southern Oregon, ranging in the interior at least to the Maury Mountains and Strawberry Butte, where it still retains nearly its typical features. A series of specimens from Lake Chelan, Washington, is almost referable to this form (being paler 282 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, and larger), showing that it probably ranges, perhaps somewhat modified, much to the northward of the limits shown by the present restricted material. The extreme phases of the group are S. douglasit of the coast and |S. @. californicus of the interior, which are exceedingly unlike ; the coast forms are all considerably smaller than caiifornicus, and much: more strongly colored, particularly below, yet the coast and interior forms appear to completely intergrade through cascadensts. Californicus is especially characterized by the pale (creamy white to buff) coloration of the ventral surface in the summer pelage, and, in the winter pelage, by the absence in large degree of dusky vermiculations, and any tinge of yellow below. The series of 32 specimens from the vicinity of Fort Klamath, representing all seasons of the year, is especially interesting, since at about this point californicus passes into cascadensis. Of 14 specimens in winter pelage, about one-half are typical ca/ifornicus, being white below and only slightly vermiculated—about like winter specimens from the southern Sierra Nevada; the others show somewhat more vermiculation, but are all without the fulvous wash of coast specimens, except one, which is heavily vermiculated and as strongly suffused with fulvous below as average specimens from Neah Bay. Of the 18 summer specimens, all but three are typical californicus, differing very little from a similar series from the mountains of central California, the remaining three closely re- sembling average coast specimens. On the other hand, a series of 11 specimens from Siskiyou decidedly approaches the coast form. Specimens from the Warner and Maury Mountains and Strawberry Butte are fairly typical californicus. In the interior forms the tail is fringed with pure white— broadly so in ca/éfornicus, more narrowly in cascadensis—and with yellow or yellowish in the central coast form (dvug/asiz). There is, however, much variation in this respect, both individual and geographical, the fringe of the tail being occasionally decidedly yellowish white rather than yellow at localities on the coast, and again yellowish white instead of white at some localities in and east of the Cascades; while over quite a belt about midway between the west base of the Cascades and the coast, the tail fringe averages yellowish white rather than either yellow or white, —- — Pere Se we De ve 1898. | Allen, Revision of the Chickarees. 283 this belt being occupied by intergrades between doug/as¢? and cascadensis. \n large series from points on the coast, usually about one specimen in ten has the tail fringed with white. S. d. cascadensts is really little more than a vast assemblage of intergrades between the interior (ca/éfornicus) and coast (doug/asit ) forms, as a whole much nearer douglasit than californicus. The examination of much further material will be necessary to deter- mine whether or not it is a sufficiently stable and distinct enough form to warrant permanent recognition. It may here be noted that there is a marked tendency to albi- nism on the ventral surface in the whole S. douglasiz group, less pronounced, however, in ca/ifornicus, owing to its lighter under surface, than in the other forms. This is manifested in the pres- ence of a white spot in the axillary region, varying in different specimens from a few white hairs to alarge area of white. It is more frequent at some localities than at others ; thus, in British Columbia, at Port Moody, in a series of 17 specimens, only two are thus marked, and none in 15 from New Westminster, while out of 22 from Agassiz, Sumas, Mt. Lehman, etc., one in three have more or less white in the axillary region. In Washington (various localities) only about one in twelve is thus marked. In g8 specimens from various localities in Oregon, 22 are marked with white, and three out of fifteen from the coast of northern California. Specimens with much white in the axillz are apt to show traces of white elsewhere on the lower parts, as on the lower part of the throat and middle of the breast. The earliest name presumably applied to any member of the group is Sciurus douglasiti Gray (P. Z. S., 1836, p. 88), a nomen nudum given to a specimen collected “ by the late Mr. Douglas in North America.” ‘Two years after a Squirrel was described by Dr. Bachman (P. Z. S., 1838, p. 99) under the same name, and without indication of locality, but later Bachman states (Aud. & Bach., Quad. N. A., I, p. 371) that “his specimens” were ob- tained “by Mr. Townsend,” “on the Columbia River.” The locality is thus unfortunately indefinite. It is evident from the original description that the specimens could not have had a white- fringed tail, as it says, “on the extremity of the tail the hairs are _ black from the roots, tipped with light brown ’’; yet the hairs from 284 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, the sides of the tail are said to be “ tipped with soiled white,” or probably yellowish white. The specimen would thus seem to be an intermediate between the coast form and that of the interior, here called cascadensis. Under these circumstances it seemed very desirable to examine the type specimen, which proves to be still extant in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Through the kind offices of Mr. Witmer Stone, the specimen’ is now before me, and proves to be, as the description indicates, a specimen in which the tail is fringed with yellowish white, and thus probably from the lower part of the Columbia,— doubtless from Vancouver or below. It agrees well with speci- mens from about this point;—much more nearly than with spe- cimens from the Cascades region further eastward. Although it is not strictly typical of the coast form, it so decidedly approaches it that it seems best to restrict the name douglasii to the coast phase of the group, as represented at the mouth of the Columbia River. In 1841 Audubon and Bachman described another Squirrel of this group under the name Sciurus mollipilosus (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1841, p. 102), from the “northern parts of Cali- fornia,” or, as said more definitely later (Quad. N. Am., I, p. 158): “Our specimens were obtained in the northern part of California, near the Pacific Ocean.” This definitely fixes the name on the Redwood Chickaree of the coast region of northern California, recently re-described bv Mr. Bangs (Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XI, 1897, p. 281) as Sciurus hudsonicus orarius, from specimens col- lected at Philo, Mendocino County, California. In 1842 Gray described a Scturus belcheri (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., X, 1842, p. 263), based on a specimen collected by Capt. Belcher, on the voyage of the ‘Sulphur,’ at the “mouth of the Columbia River” (Voy. Sulphur, Zodl., I, p. 33). As Capt. Belcher’s party went as far up the Columbia River as Fort Van- couver, and as the tail of .S. dedcheri is described as “ black and red varied, with long white tips to the hairs,’”’ it may well have been an intergrade from Fort Vancouver, and must thus be con- sidered as a synonym of |S. douglasid Bachm, 1 It bears the following on the label: ‘286. Type of Sciurus douglasi? Bach, Columbia River, J. K. Townsend,” The specimen was formerly mounted, and is still in a good state of preservation. It is in full summer pelage, and must have been taken in August or September. . Ve a ee eee ———S eee Se 1898. | Allen, Revision of the Chickarees. 285 In 1855 Baird (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1855, p. 333) gave the name Sciurus suckleyi to winter specimens obtained at Puget Sound, which he afterward (Mam. N. Am., 1857, p. 276, footnote) referred to S. douglasii ; and the types and topotypes, as well as the description, show the reference to have been properly made.’ It thus unfortunately happens that none of the names given to members of the S..douglasii group are available for the form. here named cascadensts. Baird, in 1857, seemed to harbor a suspicion that S. douglasit would be found to intergrade with S. rtchardsonit, a surmise that I thought my material in 1877 clearly proved. The present ma- terial seems to establish the contrary, since it shows that at sev- eral points it meets forms of the Audsonicus group (S. 2. streatori and 5S. 2. vancouverensis) without indication of intergradation. A series of 12 specimens collected at the head of Lake Chelan, Okanagan Co., Washington, by Mr. C. P. Streator, Aug. 13-21, contains 10 examples of 'S. d. cascadensis (or californicus?) and 2 of SS. hudsonicus sireatori. The former all have the ventral sur- face varying from pale buff to deep orange buff; the s¢/eator7 specimens are clear grayish white below, with a subapical broad black bar on the upper surface of the tail, which is lacking in all the other specimens. Thus the two series are respectively typical _of the two forms in question. Yet the s¢reatori? specimens were taken on the same day, by the same collector, as some of the others, and doubtless at the same place, showing that a phase of douglasit and streatort here meet without intergrading. Thence northward on the eastern shore of the Strait of Georgia to Howe Sound (opposite Comox, Vancouver Isl.), and eastward along the Fraser River as far as Agassiz, S. d. cascadensis appears to exclu- sively prevail, while at Ashcroft, a short distance east of Agassiz, only S. %. streatort is found. Thus S. d. cascadensis meets (except for a narrow strait) S. 4. vancouverensis on the west and north, and S. 4. s¢treatori on the east, without intergradation, so far as present evidence goes. Three specimens from the head of Rivers Inlet, far up on the 1 Prof. Baird also identified both his S. suckleyZ and S. mollipilosus Aud. and Bach. with S. douglasii7. He says: ‘* I have already referred to the probable identity of my S. suckley? with this species [.S. douglasi7], and I have no doubt that the Scturus mollipilosus of Audu- bon and Bachman is the cinereous [=winter] pelage ascribed to the above species |S. doug- lasii).""—Mam. N. Am., 1857, P. 277- 286 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, coast of British Columbia, unexpectedly prove to be SS. d. casca- - densis, instead of S. 4. vancouverensis ; but the intermediate coast region southward to about the mouth of Fraser River is wholly unrepresented in the present collection. Sciurus mearnsi ( Zowzsend). MEARNS’sS CHICKAREE, Sciurus hudsonius mearnsi ‘TOWNSEND, Proc. Biolog. Soc. Washington, XI, 146, June 9, 1897. (Not the synonymy.) San Pedro Martir Mts., L. Cal. Sciurus hudsonicus californicus ALLEN, Bull, Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. V, 1893, 199; not zdzd. III, 1890, 165, 167. Winter Pelage.—Similar to S. d. californicus, but paler and grayer above, with the dorsal band a paler, more yellowish shade of chestnut. Summer Pelage.—Probably similar to that of S. d. californicus but lighter above and with the lower parts only faintly washed with cream white, and the feet, both fore and hind, very much paler ochraceous. Measurements.—Total length, 325; tail vertebrae, 125; hind foot (from skin), 51. Skull,—Total length, 48.5 ; postorbital breadth, 14.9; length of nasals, 14 ; width of nasals in front, 7. Material Examined.—Total number of specimens, 4, as follows : Lower California: San Pedro Martir Mts., April 29 and May —, C. H. Townsend, 3 spec. (U. S. N. M.); do., alt. 8200 feet, May 18, A. W. Anthony, 1 spec. (A. M. N. H.). The four specimens available for examination were all taken in the San Pedro Martir Mountains, Lower California, April 29 to May 18, and are hence in worn winter coat. ‘The feet have begun to show the coloration or the summer pelage, and in one speci- ee men this is well developed also over the anterior two-thirds of the | ventral surface. The hind feet are white with a faint tinge of fulvous ; the fore feet are in change to strong buff. The fulvous tint on the lower parts, and particularly on the inner surface of the fore limbs, shows that the affinities of this form are with S. douglasti californicus rather than with S. fremonti mogollonen- 1898. ] Allen, Revision of the Chickarees. 287 sts. In other respects it is quite as near the latter as the former, the general coloration of mogollonensis and californicus being often closely similar, Sciturus mearnsi is separated from the ranges of both californt- cus and mogollonensis by a wide interval of country, where at the present time no representative of either group exists, or apparently can exist. It seems therefore proper to treat this form as a fully seggregated species, there being no possibility of its inter- gradation with either of its northern affines, which it still so closely resembles, being evidently a recent derivitive of the cadi- fornicus stock. Sciurus fremonti Aud. & Bach. FREMONT’S CHICKAREE. Sciurus fremonti AuD. & BAcH. (ex TOWNSEND MS.) Quad. N. Am. III, 1853, 237, pl. cviix, fig. 1 (Park region, Colorado ?); BairD, Mam. N. Am. 1857, 272. Sciurus hudsonius var. fremonti ALLEN, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. XVII, 1874, 288; N. Am. Roden. 1877, 673. Sciurus hudsonicus fremonti ALLEN, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. VI, 1894, 325. : - Winter Pelage.—Above gray, with a broad, not sharply-defined median band of pale yellowish rufous; the hairs of the median band are plumbeous at the base, broadly tipped with yellowish rufous and narrowly ringed with black ; on the sides the hairs are broadly tipped with very pale fulvous and ringed with black, with a general gray effect ; fore and hind limbs, including upper surface of feet, like sides of body ; an obscure, nearly obsolete dusky lateral line ; below grayish white, rather profusely annulated with dusky. Tail above with the central hairs yellowish rusty, rather brighter than the middle of the back, varied with black, forming an indistinct central area; lateral hairs fulvous basally, subapically broadly banded with black and tipped broadly with white ; terminal fifth or sixth black, slightly fringed with white; below gray or pale fulvous gray centrally, with a broad zone of black and a conspicuous fringe of white ; ears slightly tufted with dusky. Summer Pelage.—Above nearly uniform yellowish gray, varying in different specimens to pale rufescent gray; upper surface of feet ochraceous, the fore feet, including fore arm, brighter and stronger ochraceous than the hind; a strong, deep black lateral line ; ventral surface white or grayish white; tail colored nearly as in winter, but narrower, and edged more narrowly with white. ’ 288 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. X, MEASUREMENTS. No. of Tail Hind Spec Length. Venous: Fost. South Park: ‘Colt 5.2% 3 316 (310-320) 120(117-123) 49 (48.3-49.5) Long’s Peak, Col.?..... 3 320 (320-320) 133 (130-137) 49 (48-49) Fort Garland, Col.*.... 3 333 (326-342) 132 (130-133) 50.8 (50.8-£0.8) Cochetope Pass, Col... 7 320 (303-335) 128 (114-139) 48.4 (46-51) Uintah Mts., Utah®.... 5 326 (305-345) 127 (102-145) 49.5 (48-50) Fort Bridger, Wyo.°... 3 327 (323-334) 134(128-140) 50 (47-52) Wood’s P. O., Wyo.®.. 5 327 (310-342) 133 (121-140) 50 (49-51) SKULLS. . No. of is bital L h of Width of Spec. Length. ‘Breadth. Nels Nomis. Mill City, Col sete eee Cochetope Pass, Col. . Uintah Mts., Utah.. 3 47.5 (46.5-49) 14.9 (14.8-15) 14.3 (14-14.4) 7.3 (7-7.8) 5 45.8 (42.2-48) 14.6 (13.6-15) I 47.8 14.7 15 14.1 (13-15) 7.2 (7-7.5) 7:5 Geographic Range.—The mountainous portions of Colorado, reaching the extreme southern border of Wyoming at Woods P. O., and Uintah Mountains of Utah ; also reaching the southern boundary of Wyoming at Fort Bridger. Material Examined.—Total number of specimens, 64, from the following localities and sources : Colorado: Type (exact locality not known), J. C. Fremont, summer (prob- ably June, 1844), 1 spec. (Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.) ; Arkins, Larimer Co., Feb. 5, 8, R. S. Weldon, 2 spec. (A. M. N. H.); Estes Park, Larimer Co., June 9, W. G. Smith, 2 spec. (U. S. N. M.); headwaters of Laramie River, Larimer Co., Aug. 20-30, Dr. E. Coues, 5 spec. (U. S. N. M.); Middle Park, Grand Co., July 26, J. Stevenson, 1 spec. (U. S. N. M.); Berthoud’s Pass, Middle Park, J. Stevenson, 1 spec. (U.S. N. M.); Ward, Boulder Co., June 9, J. A. Loring, 1 spec. ; do., Oct. 25, Nov. 15, 20, Dennis Gale, 3 spec. (Coll. C. H. M.); Mill City, June 20, July 9, C. H. Eagle, 3 spec. (A. M. N. H.); Long’s Peak, Boulder Co., Aug. 6-8, E. A. Preble, 5 spec. (Dept. Agr. Coll.) ; Georgetown, Clear Creek Co., July and Oct., G. E. Marsh, 2 spec. (U.S. N. M.); Granite, Park Co., Oct. 16, J. H. Batty, 1 spec. (U.S. N. M.) ; no locality, J. H. Batty, 3 spec. (U. S. N. M.); Twin Lakes, Lake Co., summer, Dr, J. T. Rothrock, 2 spec. (U.S. N. M.) ; Central Colorado (without definite locality or date), Dr. F. V. Hayden (=J. H. Batty ?), 2 spec. (U. S. N. M.); Sangra de Christo Pass, Aug. 9, C. E. Aiken, 1 spec. (U. S. N. M.); Monshower Meadows, near Cochetope Pass, Sauguache Co., Aug. 6-21, J. A. Loring, 11 spec. (Dept. Agr. Coll.) ; Fort, Garland, Costilla Co., June 3 and 4, H. W. Henshaw, 2 spec. (U. S. N. M.); Silverton, San Juan Co., Oct. 17, J. A. Lor- ing, 1 spec. (Dept. Agr. Coll.). 1 Collected and measured by J. A. Allen (from Mon. N. Am. Roden., p. 691). 2 Collected and measured by E. A. Preble. 3 From Allen, Mon. N. Am. Roden., p. 691. 4 Collected and measured by J A. Loring. 5 Collected and measured by Vernon Bailey. as? { 1898. | Allen, Revision of the Chickarees. 289 Utah: Uintah Mts., June 4, V. Bailey, 1 spec. ; do., Sept. 21, V. Bailey, 3 spec. (Coll. C. H. M.); do., Dr. F. V. Hayden (=H. D. Schmidt), 1 spec. (U.S. N. M.). Wyoming: Fort Bridger, Uintah Mts., Sept. 19, V. Bailey, 3 spec. (Coll. C. H. M.); Bridger’s Pass, Uintah Mts., July 31, W. S. Wood, 1 spec. (U. S. N. M.); Wood’s P. O., Medicine Bow Mts., Aug. 9 and 13, V. Bailey, 5 spec. (Coll. C. H. M.). New Mexico: Chama, Taos Co., Dec. 22, J. A. Loring, 1 spec. (Dept. Agr. Coll.). The type locality of Sc/urus fremonti is not definitely known. Audubon and Bachman state in their original description of the species (Z. c.): “We possess no information in regard to this animal farther than that it was obtainedon the Rocky Mountains.” They further say: “The only specimen we have seen was obtained by Colonel Frémont ; it was procured on the Rocky Mountains, on his route by the South Pass to California.” Baird (Z. ¢.), evi- dently loosely paraphrasing Audubon and Bachman, says the specimen described by Audubon and Bachman “ was collected in 1849 |/ege 1844?] by Colonel Frémont somewhere in the vicinity of the South Pass, and is now in the Museum of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences.” He identified with it a specimen from Sawatch Pass, Rocky Mountains, these two examples, being, he says, “all that as yet have come to the notice of naturalists.” Through the kind intervention of Mr. Witmer Stone, of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, I have in hand the type specimen obtained by Frémont. It proves to be the form of Chickaree found throughout the Rocky Mountains of Colorado, to which the name /remont?i, since 1857, has been currently applied. It shows also that it could not have come from “the vicinity of the South Pass,” at the southern end of the Wind River chain in Wyoming, the form there being the very different Sczurus hudsoni- cus ventorum, An examination of the type shows it to be in winter pelage, the soles being heavily furred, the ears well tufted, and the general pelage that of winter or late spring. Even the feet, where change to summer coat first begins to appear, show very little departure from winter conditions. The specimen might have been taken in May, or even as late as the middle of June. The label on the [ September, 1898. | 19 290 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, specimen (‘‘285, Type’’) is evidently of very recent date, and erroneously attributes the specimen to “J. K. Townsend,” and gives the locality as ‘South Pass, Rocky Mts.” I wrote to Mr. Stone regarding this point, and he kindly replied as follows (under date of May 20, 1898): ‘‘ The specimen, along with others, seems to have been presented by Townsend to our Acad- emy ; he apparently received it from Fremont. You will notice that Audubon [and Bachman] gives the species as S. fremonti TOWNSEND. The occurrence of Townsend’s name on the label, instead of Fremont’s, is due to the fact that museum records of old days seem to have placed more stress on the donor than the collector. ‘The label now on the specimen I transcribed from the base of an old stand, about 1890, on which the animal was mounted. There is no other specimen of S. fremonti in our collection.” From the above it is evident that beyond reasonable doubt this specimen is the actual type of Audubon and Bachman’s “ Scéurus Fremonti Townsend.” It therefore becomes important to deter- mine as nearly as possible the type locality. Reference to Fremont’s reports to the U. S. War Department shows that his two visits to the region of the South Pass were respectively in August, 1842, and August, 1843, and that the season alone thus rules out of consideration this locality as the source of the type of Sciurus Jremonti. On his return journey, in 1844, he skirted the southern Wasatch Mountains as far north as Utah Lake, and then turned eastward to the north Fork of the Platte, in Colorado, which he reached June 11, passing up the North Platte to the headwaters of the Arkansas, and down this river to the Plains at the present site of Pueblo, Colorado, which point he reached June 29. The specimen which became the type of Scturus fremonti could not have been taken in the Wasatch range, as the present material shows that the form of Chickaree occurring near Utah Lake is Sciurus hudsonicus ventorum. On the other hand, it might have been taken in the Park region of Colorado, where this, and only this form of Chickaree is known to occur, and the season—June 11-26—fully agrees with the condition of the specimen, as already stated. Probably, therefore, the Park region of central Colorado may be safely considered as the type locality of Sc‘urus Sremonti, ee Oe te ae 1898. | Allen, Revision of the Chickarees. 291 Sciurus fremonti neomexicanus, subsp. nov. Taos CHICKAREE. Winter Pelage.—Similar to S. fremonti, but the median dorsal band much brighter yellowish rufous, nearly as in S. /. mogollonensis, but size much smaller than the latter. Summer Pelage.—The summer pelage is not represented in the present ma- terial, but is probably very nearly like that of S. f. mogollonensts. Measurements.—Average of 7 specimens from Rayado Caiion, April 1, 1895: Total length, 321 (308-330); tail vertebree, 133 (127-145); hind foot, 48.5 (45-52). Skull.—Average of 4 specimens (part of the above), total length, 45.9 (43.5- 47.3) ; postorbital breadth, 14.9 (14.6-15.2) ; length of nasals, 14.3 (13.7-15) ; width of nasals at anterior border, 7 (6.4-7.5). Type, No. 71,690, U. S. Nat. Mus. (Dept. Agr. Coll.), 4 ad., Rayado Caiion, Colfax Co., New Mexico, April 1, 1895 ; C. Barber. Geographic Range.—Taos Range, New Mexico. Material Examined.—Total number of specimens, tI, from the foliowing localities and sources : New Mexico: Rayado Cajion, Colfax Co., April 1, C. Barber, 7 spec. (Dept. Agr. Coll.) ; Martinez, Colfax Co., Dec. 13, C. Barber, 2 spec. (Dept. Agr. Coll.) ; Hall’s Peak, Mora Co., Oct. 14, C. Barber, 2 spec. (U.S. N. M.). In coloration S. 7. meomexicanus very closely resembles 5S. /. mogollonensis, in this respect being much nearer this form than to S. fremonti. It is, however, essentiaily of the same size as 5S. Sremonti, and is thus much smaller than |S. 4. mogollonensis, with relatively much shorter nasals. Sciurus fremonti mogollonensis (J/caras). ARIZONA CHICKAREE. Sciurus hudsonius mogollonensis MEARNS, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. II, 1887-90, 277 (Feb. 21, 1890). Mogollon Mts., Arizona. Sciurus fremonti mogollonensis MERRIAM, N. Am. Fauna, No. 3, 48 (Sept. II, 18g0). Sciurus hudsonicus mogollonensis ALLEN, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. VII, 1895, 243. Winter Pelage.—Similar to S. fremonti, except that the median dorsal band is of a brighter, stronger tint of yellowish rufous. Tail and lower parts similar. 292 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, Summer Pelage.-—Similar in all respects to S. fremonti, except that the rufous suffusion of the upper parts is much brighter and stronger. MEASUREMENTS, No. of Tail Hind Ska, Length. Wextsbien, Foot. Mogollon Mts., Ariz.!....- 16 356 (327-385). 142 (127-158) 52.8 (51-56) San Francisco Mts., Ariz.2. 14 332 (320-365) 138 (130-156) 53 (50-55) White Mts., Ariz.’........ 8 322 (310-336) 131 (126-138) 51 (49-53) SKULLS, No. of _ Postorbital Length of Width of Spec. Length. Breadth. Nasals. Nasals. Mogollon Mts.,Ariz. 10 49.4(48.5-51-5) 15.2(14.2-15.4) 15.6(14.5-16.2) 7.8 (7.3-8) White Mts., Ariz.. 4 46.9 (46-48.2) 14.9(14.8-15) 14.8(14.2-15.2) 7.2 (7-7.5) Geographic Range.—The higher mountains and plateaus of central Arizona, from the Douglas fir belt to timber line. Material Examined.—Total number of specimens, 44, from the following localities and sources : Arizona: Mogollon Mts., May 23-27, Dr. E. A. Mearns, 13 spec. (A. M. N. H.); San Francisco Mts., June 6-19, Dr. E. A. Mearns, 4 spec. (A. M N. H.); Baker’s Butte, July 21 and Aug. 22, Dr. E. A. Mearns, 2 spec. (A. M. N. H.); San Francisco Mts., July 31-Oct. 5, Merriam and Bailey, 16 spec. (Dept. Agr. Coll.) ; Little Spring, San Francisco Mts., Sept. 20, Dr. L. Stej- niger, 1 spec. (U.S.N.M.); Springerville, Aug. 29, E. W. Nelson, 1 spec. (Dept. Agr. Coll.) ; White Mts., Aug. 9-12, B. C. Condit, 7 spec. (A. M. N. H.). Sciurus fremonti grahamensis (A//en). Mount GRAHAM CHICKAREE. Sciurus hudsonicus grahamensis ALLEN, Bull. Am, Mus. Nat. Hist. VI, 1894, 350 (Dec. 7, 1894); zd¢d. VII, 1895, 244. Mt. Graham, Arizona. Summer Pelage.—Differing from that of S. /. mogollonensis in being yellower and less rufescent above, with the central area of the tail ochraceous above and nearly white below. The winter pelage is not represented. Measurements.—Three adult specimens give the following : Total length, 332 (325-340); tail vertebrae, 134 (130-140) ; hind foot, 55 (53-57); ear from crown, 28 (27-28). \ 1 Collected and measured by Dr. E. A. Mearns (from Bull, Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Il, p. 278). ig Collected and measured by Dr. C, Hart Merriam and V. Bailey (from N. Am. Fauna, O. 35 P. 49). 3 Col ected and measured by B. C. Condit (from Bull. Am. Mus. Nat, Hist., VII, p. 244)." 1898. | Allen, Revision of the Chickarees. 293 9 Skull, —Average of two specimens: Total length, 48 (47.5-48.5) ; postorbital breadth, 15.4 (15.2-15.6) ; length of nasals, 15.1 (14.6-15.6) ; width of nasals at anterior border, 7.5 (7.2-7.8). Whether the great length of the hind foot in this form is a constant feature must be determined by examination of further material. Geographic Range.—The fir zone on the summit of Mt. Graham, Arizona. Material Examined.—The 3 specimens thus far examined are as follows : Arizona : Graham Mts., July 18 and 19, Price and Condit, 3 spec. (A. M. N. H,). S. fremonti grahamensis is very closely related to S. f. mogollon- ensts, from which, however, it seems to be readily separable, as stated above, so far at Jeast as present material is concerned. ‘The two forms are, moreover, geographically well isolated. REVIEW OF THE Sciurus fremonti Group. The Sciurus fremonti group is sharply differentiated from the S. hudsonicus group, although separated at several points by only a slight geographical interval. .S. fremonti proper is found appar- ently throughout the mountains of Colorado, ranging northward to the northern extremity of the Medicine Bow Range, which extends a few miles over the Wyoming border. In the Laramie Moun- tains, the next range to the northeastward, and only a few miles distant, is found the entirely distinct, and very different S. 2%. baileyi. ‘The Chickaree found at Wood’s P. O., in the Medicine Bow Mountains, is true S. fremonti, while the Chickaree from the southern end of the Laramie Mountains, less than thirty miles to the eastward, is a pale phase of S. 4. baileyi. Typical S. fremonti is represented in the present material by specimens from several points in the Uintah Mountains, including the vicinity of Fort Bridger, Wyoming, while from the Bear River and Wasatch Mountains, only thirty to fifty miles to the westward of points where S. fremonti occurs, S. h. ventorum is the only Chickaree represented in the material now in hand. In neither case is there apparent any evidence of intergradation. In southern Colorado true S. fremonti grades toward what is here called S. f. neomexicanus, a phase which in coloration is hardly separable from S. mogollonensis. At present our knowl- 2904 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. |Vol. X, edge of the distribution of the Chickarees in southern Colorado and New Mexico is very limited. A single winter specimen from Chama, New Mexico, almost on the Colorado boundary, seems referable to true fremont/, but all the specimens from the eastern slope of the Taos Mountains, in Colfax and Mora Counties, New Mexico, are very different from specimens from central and northern Colorado. S. f. mogollonensis differs from S. fremonti in its much brighter and more yellowish dorsal region in both pelages, and also in its larger size, especially as shown by the skull measurements, and in the relatively greater length of the nasals. S. /. neomexicanus agrees in size and in the relative length of the nasals with S. Sremonti, but with S. f. mogollonensis in coloration. The species most nearly related to S. fremonti is S. douglasit, as represented in .S. d. ca/ifornicus, where the resemblance is often so close, in the case of winter specimens, that their separation, with- out reference to the localities, would be exceedingly difficult ; yet the same individuals in summer pelage, would differ so markedly in the coloration of the ventral surface as to leave not the slight- est doubt as to their true relationships. In S. fremonti, S. f. mogollonensis and S. ad. californicus, the tail is conspicuously fringed with white, in contrast with the yellow-fringed tail of true S. douglasii, and of all the members of the S. Audsonicus group. Allen, Revision of the Chickarees. 295 1898. | - . . ee ad “** "DT ‘moosoyl PI ‘eus[y,p ins0q se eseees PI ‘aye’y qjoo L, MES "DT “SJ Joary uowyes “* "py “Y9e19 youig wens ** 9 Oa “SUA Yjoo\lvog eons 08 eee ‘oAM YAO oyey cttesss ok SA sseg ynog "srt okM “si Amoug Big 08 8 were 8 “OL M “STIN IOI g + *.0 "OA NN “STA orulele’T © 00,60 axe OAM “SIN ul0ysig corer sg ‘SMH 4k Fores A OT “ry onousey srr seeeestay ‘ssepsnoq dues “uu, ‘Surpous 347 "tet eeeo) ‘QTTTAs}erey Sia coy healt 'N ‘asnoe1h¢ "AN ‘yoeAN YING inte ik NRO oa ‘sSuljse yy scesecere on fgyeT siosnoly, "te 8899s "BTIOIG BAON ‘£q3iq. ery “O95 ps0jxQ ‘uojd 9, tresses sso ‘oney ULM 'S wee eae ee ‘N \s1oqyuy "'*Jopeiqe’y Yoruy uoyiwepy seererr AN ON ‘uosduig “3,7 ” ” sear ” ” eee ” ” “8 * *tUosp. (Dy tA ‘y 'S ecveees ” ” ” ” "888s unsojuaa "Y *S Ce ee xs “s ” ” eee ww ew ee cee e wrens “282,109 Y's sets" "s7suazoyDp “Y “Ss ” ” cee eee eee ° ” ” ees ” ” er ear Be iy ” ” oeeereere ” ” ” ” eee ” 92 ” ” ” ” one ” ” ” ” “"*"SnItuMOSPNY SNANRIS abt | eet | ene] g litt ct rete etter tee leeee 9°FT | SFL | OLE | F || 4°T9 gs sé | OL of | PSI 988 | P Q°1g | P&L OS | 9 Q°6h | PEI gg | Pv L’st Fl | WLP! FP Go | GsI Sos | 4 8°09 | P&T bes | & FI Gt | 8°LE| 8 9°19 |L° PSI TSs | O1 4°81 FI | 9'9F | 9 0g | O8T 868 | 9 FI SI | 84h | F Go | ssl ors | 3g $°0g 6ST 986 | & 8°FI | VFL | 8'8h | Gg 6g T¥l ore | L FL | SFL 6F | 4 1g | Ql ore | 9g 4°Sl | 9 OL | bah | 4 || POF | «BST Ove | 4 6y | LEI GE | L 6°SI | T°FL | 4°9F | OL || 66H |] OSL | FEE | OZ el | ter) acer lord FEI 808 | 9 §1 tI | 2th) 9 Lb} 9IT Gos | 9T (art FL | FFF | OL || BHF [Q°SSI 808 | OT SIL | $'et ee] go iictrcccftteectfeceessienes 6° oP Sit 9°966 | OL Marl aee | artic SOL | FSI | ser | ¢ Q’oh | LOL 066 | @ 9F | 8IT 86 | 6 hee tae | L°L¥ \2° O61 608 | ¥ tL 9I LP | OL 9F | OTT 418 | 9 *STPSEN | wy 7 ‘29dS]| «450 *we1q ‘9adg ki Pd be Sonos ‘yaBue'T & oan aA “yasuey| ie “IVINVAD “IVNUALX “ALITVIOT ‘Sa1IOads ‘SDNAWNAMASVAPY AALLVUVdWNOD Ss ae tee reer eeeeee